| Copyright | (c) 2013-2021 Brendan Hay |
|---|---|
| License | Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. |
| Maintainer | Brendan Hay <brendan.g.hay+amazonka@gmail.com> |
| Stability | auto-generated |
| Portability | non-portable (GHC extensions) |
| Safe Haskell | None |
Network.AWS.CodeCommit
Contents
- Service Configuration
- Errors
- InvalidConflictDetailLevelException
- ActorDoesNotExistException
- CommitRequiredException
- ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException
- PullRequestIdRequiredException
- ReferenceDoesNotExistException
- NameLengthExceededException
- InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException
- InvalidPullRequestIdException
- TargetRequiredException
- FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException
- InvalidTargetsException
- CommentContentRequiredException
- FileEntryRequiredException
- InvalidSystemTagUsageException
- BranchNameExistsException
- EncryptionKeyNotFoundException
- TargetsRequiredException
- ManualMergeRequiredException
- InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException
- SourceAndDestinationAreSameException
- EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException
- TooManyTagsException
- SourceFileOrContentRequiredException
- CommentDeletedException
- SamePathRequestException
- RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException
- ParentCommitDoesNotExistException
- AuthorDoesNotExistException
- InvalidReplacementContentException
- FileContentRequiredException
- TitleRequiredException
- InvalidConflictResolutionException
- ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException
- PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException
- PullRequestStatusRequiredException
- InvalidPullRequestStatusException
- InvalidTitleException
- InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException
- ParentCommitIdRequiredException
- RepositoryDoesNotExistException
- InvalidApprovalRuleContentException
- InvalidOverrideStatusException
- MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException
- RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException
- NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException
- RepositoryNameRequiredException
- InvalidFileModeException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException
- FileContentSizeLimitExceededException
- InvalidPathException
- InvalidTargetBranchException
- FileTooLargeException
- InvalidBlobIdException
- InvalidApprovalRuleNameException
- ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException
- CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException
- InvalidActorArnException
- PullRequestDoesNotExistException
- RepositoryNamesRequiredException
- CommitIdDoesNotExistException
- MaximumFileEntriesExceededException
- ReplacementTypeRequiredException
- InvalidReplacementTypeException
- RevisionIdRequiredException
- ReactionLimitExceededException
- RevisionNotCurrentException
- IdempotencyParameterMismatchException
- MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException
- BranchNameRequiredException
- RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException
- RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException
- RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException
- EncryptionKeyUnavailableException
- TagPolicyException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException
- InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException
- InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException
- ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException
- InvalidClientRequestTokenException
- ReferenceNameRequiredException
- MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException
- CommitMessageLengthExceededException
- MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException
- TagKeysListRequiredException
- InvalidReferenceNameException
- FileDoesNotExistException
- InvalidTagKeysListException
- CommitIdRequiredException
- OverrideAlreadySetException
- CommentDoesNotExistException
- InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException
- CommentNotCreatedByCallerException
- InvalidTargetException
- ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException
- InvalidSortByException
- EncryptionKeyDisabledException
- InvalidCommitException
- ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException
- DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException
- MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException
- PullRequestAlreadyClosedException
- ReactionValueRequiredException
- EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException
- InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException
- InvalidReactionValueException
- InvalidContinuationTokenException
- TipsDivergenceExceededException
- RestrictedSourceFileException
- InvalidFilePositionException
- InvalidMaxMergeHunksException
- ReplacementContentRequiredException
- ResourceArnRequiredException
- CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException
- ParentCommitIdOutdatedException
- InvalidMaxConflictFilesException
- PathDoesNotExistException
- InvalidResourceArnException
- ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException
- MaximumBranchesExceededException
- OverrideStatusRequiredException
- ApprovalStateRequiredException
- InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException
- CommitIdsLimitExceededException
- RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException
- MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException
- ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException
- InvalidParentCommitIdException
- MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException
- CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException
- InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException
- InvalidApprovalStateException
- InvalidAuthorArnException
- PathRequiredException
- InvalidTagsMapException
- CommitIdsListRequiredException
- BranchNameIsTagNameException
- DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException
- FileModeRequiredException
- TagsMapRequiredException
- FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException
- InvalidRepositoryNameException
- NumberOfRulesExceededException
- InvalidReactionUserArnException
- InvalidDeletionParameterException
- RepositoryLimitExceededException
- FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException
- BranchDoesNotExistException
- InvalidDescriptionException
- InvalidCommentIdException
- InvalidOrderException
- BlobIdRequiredException
- InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException
- MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException
- InvalidMaxResultsException
- ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException
- InvalidRevisionIdException
- PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException
- CommentIdRequiredException
- NoChangeException
- InvalidBranchNameException
- InvalidMergeOptionException
- CommitDoesNotExistException
- BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException
- MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException
- MergeOptionRequiredException
- InvalidFileLocationException
- ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException
- ClientRequestTokenRequiredException
- InvalidCommitIdException
- FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException
- SameFileContentException
- TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException
- InvalidEmailException
- MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException
- RepositoryNameExistsException
- PutFileEntryConflictException
- FolderDoesNotExistException
- InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException
- InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception
- BlobIdDoesNotExistException
- ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException
- Waiters
- Operations
- PutFile
- GetRepositoryTriggers
- BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
- DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
- UpdateRepositoryName
- BatchDescribeMergeConflicts
- ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
- DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
- GetRepository
- GetCommentsForPullRequest (Paginated)
- GetPullRequestOverrideState
- PostCommentReply
- UpdatePullRequestStatus
- MergePullRequestByThreeWay
- UpdateDefaultBranch
- BatchGetRepositories
- GetMergeOptions
- PutCommentReaction
- GetMergeConflicts
- UpdatePullRequestDescription
- UntagResource
- DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
- GetFile
- ListApprovalRuleTemplates
- TagResource
- MergeBranchesByThreeWay
- ListBranches (Paginated)
- PutRepositoryTriggers
- CreateBranch
- UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
- UpdatePullRequestTitle
- UpdateRepositoryDescription
- GetPullRequest
- GetDifferences (Paginated)
- OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
- UpdateComment
- DeleteFile
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
- GetCommentsForComparedCommit (Paginated)
- TestRepositoryTriggers
- GetMergeCommit
- GetCommit
- GetCommentReactions
- GetApprovalRuleTemplate
- MergePullRequestByFastForward
- PostCommentForPullRequest
- MergeBranchesBySquash
- CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit
- CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
- GetPullRequestApprovalStates
- ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
- DescribePullRequestEvents (Paginated)
- ListRepositories (Paginated)
- CreateRepository
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
- DeleteRepository
- DeleteCommentContent
- BatchGetCommits
- DescribeMergeConflicts
- CreatePullRequest
- GetFolder
- UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
- CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
- DeleteBranch
- CreateCommit
- GetComment
- EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
- AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
- ListPullRequests (Paginated)
- BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
- GetBlob
- MergePullRequestBySquash
- PostCommentForComparedCommit
- MergeBranchesByFastForward
- GetBranch
- ListTagsForResource
- Types
- ApprovalState
- ChangeTypeEnum
- ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum
- ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
- FileModeTypeEnum
- MergeOptionTypeEnum
- ObjectTypeEnum
- OrderEnum
- OverrideStatus
- PullRequestEventType
- PullRequestStatusEnum
- RelativeFileVersionEnum
- ReplacementTypeEnum
- RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
- SortByEnum
- Approval
- ApprovalRule
- ApprovalRuleEventMetadata
- ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata
- ApprovalRuleTemplate
- ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata
- BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError
- BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError
- BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError
- BatchGetCommitsError
- BlobMetadata
- BranchInfo
- Comment
- CommentsForComparedCommit
- CommentsForPullRequest
- Commit
- Conflict
- ConflictMetadata
- ConflictResolution
- DeleteFileEntry
- Difference
- Evaluation
- File
- FileMetadata
- FileModes
- FileSizes
- Folder
- IsBinaryFile
- Location
- MergeHunk
- MergeHunkDetail
- MergeMetadata
- MergeOperations
- ObjectTypes
- OriginApprovalRuleTemplate
- PullRequest
- PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata
- PullRequestEvent
- PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata
- PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata
- PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata
- PullRequestTarget
- PutFileEntry
- ReactionForComment
- ReactionValueFormats
- ReplaceContentEntry
- RepositoryMetadata
- RepositoryNameIdPair
- RepositoryTrigger
- RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure
- SetFileModeEntry
- SourceFileSpecifier
- SubModule
- SymbolicLink
- Target
- UserInfo
Description
Derived from API version 2015-04-13 of the AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0.
AWS CodeCommit
This is the AWS CodeCommit API Reference. This reference provides descriptions of the operations and data types for AWS CodeCommit API along with usage examples.
You can use the AWS CodeCommit API to work with the following objects:
Repositories, by calling the following:
- BatchGetRepositories, which returns information about one or more repositories associated with your AWS account.
- CreateRepository, which creates an AWS CodeCommit repository.
- DeleteRepository, which deletes an AWS CodeCommit repository.
- GetRepository, which returns information about a specified repository.
- ListRepositories, which lists all AWS CodeCommit repositories associated with your AWS account.
- UpdateRepositoryDescription, which sets or updates the description of the repository.
- UpdateRepositoryName, which changes the name of the repository. If you change the name of a repository, no other users of that repository can access it until you send them the new HTTPS or SSH URL to use.
Branches, by calling the following:
- CreateBranch, which creates a branch in a specified repository.
- DeleteBranch, which deletes the specified branch in a repository unless it is the default branch.
- GetBranch, which returns information about a specified branch.
- ListBranches, which lists all branches for a specified repository.
- UpdateDefaultBranch, which changes the default branch for a repository.
Files, by calling the following:
- DeleteFile, which deletes the content of a specified file from a specified branch.
- GetBlob, which returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual Git blob object in a repository.
- GetFile, which returns the base-64 encoded content of a specified file.
- GetFolder, which returns the contents of a specified folder or directory.
- PutFile, which adds or modifies a single file in a specified repository and branch.
Commits, by calling the following:
- BatchGetCommits, which returns information about one or more commits in a repository.
- CreateCommit, which creates a commit for changes to a repository.
- GetCommit, which returns information about a commit, including commit messages and author and committer information.
- GetDifferences, which returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference).
Merges, by calling the following:
- BatchDescribeMergeConflicts, which returns information about conflicts in a merge between commits in a repository.
- CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit, which creates an unreferenced commit between two branches or commits for the purpose of comparing them and identifying any potential conflicts.
- DescribeMergeConflicts, which returns information about merge conflicts between the base, source, and destination versions of a file in a potential merge.
- GetMergeCommit, which returns information about the merge between a source and destination commit.
- GetMergeConflicts, which returns information about merge conflicts between the source and destination branch in a pull request.
- GetMergeOptions, which returns information about the available merge options between two branches or commit specifiers.
- MergeBranchesByFastForward, which merges two branches using the fast-forward merge option.
- MergeBranchesBySquash, which merges two branches using the squash merge option.
- MergeBranchesByThreeWay, which merges two branches using the three-way merge option.
Pull requests, by calling the following:
- CreatePullRequest, which creates a pull request in a specified repository.
- CreatePullRequestApprovalRule, which creates an approval rule for a specified pull request.
- DeletePullRequestApprovalRule, which deletes an approval rule for a specified pull request.
- DescribePullRequestEvents, which returns information about one or more pull request events.
- EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules, which evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules.
- GetCommentsForPullRequest, which returns information about comments on a specified pull request.
- GetPullRequest, which returns information about a specified pull request.
- GetPullRequestApprovalStates, which returns information about the approval states for a specified pull request.
- GetPullRequestOverrideState, which returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overriden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request.
- ListPullRequests, which lists all pull requests for a repository.
- MergePullRequestByFastForward, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the fast-forward merge option.
- MergePullRequestBySquash, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the squash merge option.
- MergePullRequestByThreeWay. which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the three-way merge option.
- OverridePullRequestApprovalRules, which sets aside all approval rule requirements for a pull request.
- PostCommentForPullRequest, which posts a comment to a pull request at the specified line, file, or request.
- UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent, which updates the structure of an approval rule for a pull request.
- UpdatePullRequestApprovalState, which updates the state of an approval on a pull request.
- UpdatePullRequestDescription, which updates the description of a pull request.
- UpdatePullRequestStatus, which updates the status of a pull request.
- UpdatePullRequestTitle, which updates the title of a pull request.
Approval rule templates, by calling the following:
- AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository, which associates a template with a specified repository. After the template is associated with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repository.
- BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories, which associates a template with one or more specified repositories. After the template is associated with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repositories.
- BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories, which removes the association between a template and specified repositories so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in those repositories.
- CreateApprovalRuleTemplate, which creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your AWS account.
- DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate, which deletes the specified template. It does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template.
- DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository, which removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository.
- GetApprovalRuleTemplate, which returns information about an approval rule template.
- ListApprovalRuleTemplates, which lists all approval rule templates in the AWS Region in your AWS account.
- ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository, which lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.
- ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate, which lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template.
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription, which updates the description of an approval rule template.
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName, which updates the name of an approval rule template.
- UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent, which updates the content of an approval rule template.
Comments in a repository, by calling the following:
- DeleteCommentContent, which deletes the content of a comment on a commit in a repository.
- GetComment, which returns information about a comment on a commit.
- GetCommentReactions, which returns information about emoji reactions to comments.
- GetCommentsForComparedCommit, which returns information about comments on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository.
- PostCommentForComparedCommit, which creates a comment on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository.
- PostCommentReply, which creates a reply to a comment.
- PutCommentReaction, which creates or updates an emoji reaction to a comment.
- UpdateComment, which updates the content of a comment on a commit in a repository.
Tags used to tag resources in AWS CodeCommit (not Git tags), by calling the following:
- ListTagsForResource, which gets information about AWS tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in AWS CodeCommit.
- TagResource, which adds or updates tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit.
- UntagResource, which removes tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit.
Triggers, by calling the following:
- GetRepositoryTriggers, which returns information about triggers configured for a repository.
- PutRepositoryTriggers, which replaces all triggers for a repository and can be used to create or delete triggers.
- TestRepositoryTriggers, which tests the functionality of a repository trigger by sending data to the trigger target.
For information about how to use AWS CodeCommit, see the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
Synopsis
- defaultService :: Service
- _InvalidConflictDetailLevelException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ActorDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReferenceDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _NameLengthExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidPullRequestIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TargetRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTargetsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileEntryRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidSystemTagUsageException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BranchNameExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _EncryptionKeyNotFoundException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TargetsRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ManualMergeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _SourceAndDestinationAreSameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TooManyTagsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _SourceFileOrContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentDeletedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _SamePathRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ParentCommitDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _AuthorDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidReplacementContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TitleRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidConflictResolutionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestStatusRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidPullRequestStatusException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTitleException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ParentCommitIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalRuleContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidOverrideStatusException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidFileModeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidPathException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTargetBranchException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileTooLargeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidBlobIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalRuleNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidActorArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryNamesRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitIdDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumFileEntriesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReplacementTypeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidReplacementTypeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RevisionIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReactionLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RevisionNotCurrentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _IdempotencyParameterMismatchException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BranchNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _EncryptionKeyUnavailableException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TagPolicyException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidClientRequestTokenException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReferenceNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitMessageLengthExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TagKeysListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidReferenceNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTagKeysListException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _OverrideAlreadySetException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentNotCreatedByCallerException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTargetException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidSortByException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _EncryptionKeyDisabledException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidCommitException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestAlreadyClosedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReactionValueRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidReactionValueException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidContinuationTokenException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TipsDivergenceExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RestrictedSourceFileException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidFilePositionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidMaxMergeHunksException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ReplacementContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ResourceArnRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ParentCommitIdOutdatedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidMaxConflictFilesException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PathDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidResourceArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumBranchesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _OverrideStatusRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalStateRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitIdsLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidParentCommitIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalStateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidAuthorArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PathRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidTagsMapException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitIdsListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BranchNameIsTagNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileModeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TagsMapRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _NumberOfRulesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidReactionUserArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidDeletionParameterException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BranchDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidCommentIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidOrderException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BlobIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidMaxResultsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRevisionIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommentIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _NoChangeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidBranchNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidMergeOptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _CommitDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MergeOptionRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidFileLocationException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ClientRequestTokenRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidCommitIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _SameFileContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidEmailException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _RepositoryNameExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _PutFileEntryConflictException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _FolderDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _BlobIdDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- _ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError
- data PutFile = PutFile' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text Text Base64 Text
- newPutFile :: Text -> Text -> ByteString -> Text -> PutFile
- data PutFileResponse = PutFileResponse' Int Text Text Text
- newPutFileResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> Text -> PutFileResponse
- data GetRepositoryTriggers = GetRepositoryTriggers' Text
- newGetRepositoryTriggers :: Text -> GetRepositoryTriggers
- data GetRepositoryTriggersResponse = GetRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe [RepositoryTrigger]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newGetRepositoryTriggersResponse :: Int -> GetRepositoryTriggersResponse
- data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories = BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories' Text [Text]
- newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories :: Text -> BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
- data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse = BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse' Int [Text] [BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError]
- newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse :: Int -> BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse
- data DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository = DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository' Text Text
- newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository :: Text -> Text -> DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
- data DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse = DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse' {
- newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse :: DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse
- data UpdateRepositoryName = UpdateRepositoryName' Text Text
- newUpdateRepositoryName :: Text -> Text -> UpdateRepositoryName
- data UpdateRepositoryNameResponse = UpdateRepositoryNameResponse' {
- newUpdateRepositoryNameResponse :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse
- data BatchDescribeMergeConflicts = BatchDescribeMergeConflicts' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum
- newBatchDescribeMergeConflicts :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeOptionTypeEnum -> BatchDescribeMergeConflicts
- data BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse = BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError]) Int [Conflict] Text Text
- newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse
- data ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate = ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text
- newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate :: Text -> ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
- data ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse = ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse :: Int -> ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse
- data DeletePullRequestApprovalRule = DeletePullRequestApprovalRule' Text Text
- newDeletePullRequestApprovalRule :: Text -> Text -> DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
- data DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse = DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse' Int Text
- newDeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse :: Int -> Text -> DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse
- data GetRepository = GetRepository' Text
- newGetRepository :: Text -> GetRepository
- data GetRepositoryResponse = GetRepositoryResponse' (Maybe RepositoryMetadata) Int
- newGetRepositoryResponse :: Int -> GetRepositoryResponse
- data GetCommentsForPullRequest = GetCommentsForPullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newGetCommentsForPullRequest :: Text -> GetCommentsForPullRequest
- data GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse = GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse' (Maybe [CommentsForPullRequest]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newGetCommentsForPullRequestResponse :: Int -> GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse
- data GetPullRequestOverrideState = GetPullRequestOverrideState' Text Text
- newGetPullRequestOverrideState :: Text -> Text -> GetPullRequestOverrideState
- data GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse = GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) Int
- newGetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse :: Int -> GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse
- data PostCommentReply = PostCommentReply' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newPostCommentReply :: Text -> Text -> PostCommentReply
- data PostCommentReplyResponse = PostCommentReplyResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int
- newPostCommentReplyResponse :: Int -> PostCommentReplyResponse
- data UpdatePullRequestStatus = UpdatePullRequestStatus' Text PullRequestStatusEnum
- newUpdatePullRequestStatus :: Text -> PullRequestStatusEnum -> UpdatePullRequestStatus
- data UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse = UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse' Int PullRequest
- newUpdatePullRequestStatusResponse :: Int -> PullRequest -> UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse
- data MergePullRequestByThreeWay = MergePullRequestByThreeWay' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolution) Text Text
- newMergePullRequestByThreeWay :: Text -> Text -> MergePullRequestByThreeWay
- data MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse = MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int
- newMergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse :: Int -> MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse
- data UpdateDefaultBranch = UpdateDefaultBranch' Text Text
- newUpdateDefaultBranch :: Text -> Text -> UpdateDefaultBranch
- data UpdateDefaultBranchResponse = UpdateDefaultBranchResponse' {
- newUpdateDefaultBranchResponse :: UpdateDefaultBranchResponse
- data BatchGetRepositories = BatchGetRepositories' [Text]
- newBatchGetRepositories :: BatchGetRepositories
- data BatchGetRepositoriesResponse = BatchGetRepositoriesResponse' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [RepositoryMetadata]) Int
- newBatchGetRepositoriesResponse :: Int -> BatchGetRepositoriesResponse
- data GetMergeOptions = GetMergeOptions' (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text
- newGetMergeOptions :: Text -> Text -> Text -> GetMergeOptions
- data GetMergeOptionsResponse = GetMergeOptionsResponse' Int [MergeOptionTypeEnum] Text Text Text
- newGetMergeOptionsResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> Text -> GetMergeOptionsResponse
- data PutCommentReaction = PutCommentReaction' Text Text
- newPutCommentReaction :: Text -> Text -> PutCommentReaction
- data PutCommentReactionResponse = PutCommentReactionResponse' {
- newPutCommentReactionResponse :: PutCommentReactionResponse
- data GetMergeConflicts = GetMergeConflicts' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum
- newGetMergeConflicts :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeOptionTypeEnum -> GetMergeConflicts
- data GetMergeConflictsResponse = GetMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int Bool Text Text [ConflictMetadata]
- newGetMergeConflictsResponse :: Int -> Bool -> Text -> Text -> GetMergeConflictsResponse
- data UpdatePullRequestDescription = UpdatePullRequestDescription' Text Text
- newUpdatePullRequestDescription :: Text -> Text -> UpdatePullRequestDescription
- data UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse = UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse' Int PullRequest
- newUpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse :: Int -> PullRequest -> UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse
- data UntagResource = UntagResource' Text [Text]
- newUntagResource :: Text -> UntagResource
- data UntagResourceResponse = UntagResourceResponse' {
- newUntagResourceResponse :: UntagResourceResponse
- data DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate = DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate' Text
- newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplate :: Text -> DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
- data DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse = DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' Int Text
- newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse :: Int -> Text -> DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse
- data GetFile = GetFile' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newGetFile :: Text -> Text -> GetFile
- data GetFileResponse = GetFileResponse' Int Text Text Text FileModeTypeEnum Integer Base64
- newGetFileResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> Text -> FileModeTypeEnum -> Integer -> ByteString -> GetFileResponse
- data ListApprovalRuleTemplates = ListApprovalRuleTemplates' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newListApprovalRuleTemplates :: ListApprovalRuleTemplates
- data ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse = ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse :: Int -> ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse
- data TagResource = TagResource' Text (HashMap Text Text)
- newTagResource :: Text -> TagResource
- data TagResourceResponse = TagResourceResponse' {
- newTagResourceResponse :: TagResourceResponse
- data MergeBranchesByThreeWay = MergeBranchesByThreeWay' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolution) (Maybe Text) Text Text Text
- newMergeBranchesByThreeWay :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeBranchesByThreeWay
- data MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse = MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newMergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse :: Int -> MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse
- data ListBranches = ListBranches' (Maybe Text) Text
- newListBranches :: Text -> ListBranches
- data ListBranchesResponse = ListBranchesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newListBranchesResponse :: Int -> ListBranchesResponse
- data PutRepositoryTriggers = PutRepositoryTriggers' Text [RepositoryTrigger]
- newPutRepositoryTriggers :: Text -> PutRepositoryTriggers
- data PutRepositoryTriggersResponse = PutRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe Text) Int
- newPutRepositoryTriggersResponse :: Int -> PutRepositoryTriggersResponse
- data CreateBranch = CreateBranch' Text Text Text
- newCreateBranch :: Text -> Text -> Text -> CreateBranch
- data CreateBranchResponse = CreateBranchResponse' {
- newCreateBranchResponse :: CreateBranchResponse
- data UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent = UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent' (Maybe Text) Text Text Text
- newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent :: Text -> Text -> Text -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
- data UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse = UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse' Int ApprovalRule
- newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRule -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse
- data UpdatePullRequestTitle = UpdatePullRequestTitle' Text Text
- newUpdatePullRequestTitle :: Text -> Text -> UpdatePullRequestTitle
- data UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse = UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse' Int PullRequest
- newUpdatePullRequestTitleResponse :: Int -> PullRequest -> UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse
- data UpdateRepositoryDescription = UpdateRepositoryDescription' (Maybe Text) Text
- newUpdateRepositoryDescription :: Text -> UpdateRepositoryDescription
- data UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse = UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse' {
- newUpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse :: UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse
- data GetPullRequest = GetPullRequest' Text
- newGetPullRequest :: Text -> GetPullRequest
- data GetPullRequestResponse = GetPullRequestResponse' Int PullRequest
- newGetPullRequestResponse :: Int -> PullRequest -> GetPullRequestResponse
- data GetDifferences = GetDifferences' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newGetDifferences :: Text -> Text -> GetDifferences
- data GetDifferencesResponse = GetDifferencesResponse' (Maybe [Difference]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newGetDifferencesResponse :: Int -> GetDifferencesResponse
- data OverridePullRequestApprovalRules = OverridePullRequestApprovalRules' Text Text OverrideStatus
- newOverridePullRequestApprovalRules :: Text -> Text -> OverrideStatus -> OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
- data OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse = OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse' {
- newOverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse :: OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse
- data UpdateComment = UpdateComment' Text Text
- newUpdateComment :: Text -> Text -> UpdateComment
- data UpdateCommentResponse = UpdateCommentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int
- newUpdateCommentResponse :: Int -> UpdateCommentResponse
- data DeleteFile = DeleteFile' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) Text Text Text Text
- newDeleteFile :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> DeleteFile
- data DeleteFileResponse = DeleteFileResponse' Int Text Text Text Text
- newDeleteFileResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> DeleteFileResponse
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName' Text Text
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName :: Text -> Text -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRuleTemplate -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse
- data GetCommentsForComparedCommit = GetCommentsForComparedCommit' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newGetCommentsForComparedCommit :: Text -> Text -> GetCommentsForComparedCommit
- data GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse = GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [CommentsForComparedCommit]) Int
- newGetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse :: Int -> GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse
- data TestRepositoryTriggers = TestRepositoryTriggers' Text [RepositoryTrigger]
- newTestRepositoryTriggers :: Text -> TestRepositoryTriggers
- data TestRepositoryTriggersResponse = TestRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure]) Int
- newTestRepositoryTriggersResponse :: Int -> TestRepositoryTriggersResponse
- data GetMergeCommit = GetMergeCommit' (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text
- newGetMergeCommit :: Text -> Text -> Text -> GetMergeCommit
- data GetMergeCommitResponse = GetMergeCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newGetMergeCommitResponse :: Int -> GetMergeCommitResponse
- data GetCommit = GetCommit' Text Text
- newGetCommit :: Text -> Text -> GetCommit
- data GetCommitResponse = GetCommitResponse' Int Commit
- newGetCommitResponse :: Int -> Commit -> GetCommitResponse
- data GetCommentReactions = GetCommentReactions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) Text
- newGetCommentReactions :: Text -> GetCommentReactions
- data GetCommentReactionsResponse = GetCommentReactionsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [ReactionForComment]
- newGetCommentReactionsResponse :: Int -> GetCommentReactionsResponse
- data GetApprovalRuleTemplate = GetApprovalRuleTemplate' Text
- newGetApprovalRuleTemplate :: Text -> GetApprovalRuleTemplate
- data GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse = GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate
- newGetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRuleTemplate -> GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse
- data MergePullRequestByFastForward = MergePullRequestByFastForward' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newMergePullRequestByFastForward :: Text -> Text -> MergePullRequestByFastForward
- data MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse = MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int
- newMergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse :: Int -> MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse
- data PostCommentForPullRequest = PostCommentForPullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Text Text Text Text Text
- newPostCommentForPullRequest :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> PostCommentForPullRequest
- data PostCommentForPullRequestResponse = PostCommentForPullRequestResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Comment) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Int
- newPostCommentForPullRequestResponse :: Int -> PostCommentForPullRequestResponse
- data MergeBranchesBySquash = MergeBranchesBySquash' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolution) (Maybe Text) Text Text Text
- newMergeBranchesBySquash :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeBranchesBySquash
- data MergeBranchesBySquashResponse = MergeBranchesBySquashResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newMergeBranchesBySquashResponse :: Int -> MergeBranchesBySquashResponse
- data CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit = CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolution) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum
- newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommit :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeOptionTypeEnum -> CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit
- data CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse = CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse :: Int -> CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse
- data CreatePullRequestApprovalRule = CreatePullRequestApprovalRule' Text Text Text
- newCreatePullRequestApprovalRule :: Text -> Text -> Text -> CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
- data CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse = CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse' Int ApprovalRule
- newCreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRule -> CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse
- data GetPullRequestApprovalStates = GetPullRequestApprovalStates' Text Text
- newGetPullRequestApprovalStates :: Text -> Text -> GetPullRequestApprovalStates
- data GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse = GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse' (Maybe [Approval]) Int
- newGetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse :: Int -> GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse
- data ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository = ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text
- newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository :: Text -> ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
- data ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse = ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse :: Int -> ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent :: Text -> Text -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRuleTemplate -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse
- data DescribePullRequestEvents = DescribePullRequestEvents' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe PullRequestEventType) (Maybe Text) Text
- newDescribePullRequestEvents :: Text -> DescribePullRequestEvents
- data DescribePullRequestEventsResponse = DescribePullRequestEventsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [PullRequestEvent]
- newDescribePullRequestEventsResponse :: Int -> DescribePullRequestEventsResponse
- data ListRepositories = ListRepositories' (Maybe Text) (Maybe SortByEnum) (Maybe OrderEnum)
- newListRepositories :: ListRepositories
- data ListRepositoriesResponse = ListRepositoriesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RepositoryNameIdPair]) Int
- newListRepositoriesResponse :: Int -> ListRepositoriesResponse
- data CreateRepository = CreateRepository' (Maybe Text) (Maybe (HashMap Text Text)) Text
- newCreateRepository :: Text -> CreateRepository
- data CreateRepositoryResponse = CreateRepositoryResponse' (Maybe RepositoryMetadata) Int
- newCreateRepositoryResponse :: Int -> CreateRepositoryResponse
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription' Text Text
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription :: Text -> Text -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
- data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse = UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate
- newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRuleTemplate -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse
- data DeleteRepository = DeleteRepository' Text
- newDeleteRepository :: Text -> DeleteRepository
- data DeleteRepositoryResponse = DeleteRepositoryResponse' (Maybe Text) Int
- newDeleteRepositoryResponse :: Int -> DeleteRepositoryResponse
- data DeleteCommentContent = DeleteCommentContent' Text
- newDeleteCommentContent :: Text -> DeleteCommentContent
- data DeleteCommentContentResponse = DeleteCommentContentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int
- newDeleteCommentContentResponse :: Int -> DeleteCommentContentResponse
- data BatchGetCommits = BatchGetCommits' [Text] Text
- newBatchGetCommits :: Text -> BatchGetCommits
- data BatchGetCommitsResponse = BatchGetCommitsResponse' (Maybe [Commit]) (Maybe [BatchGetCommitsError]) Int
- newBatchGetCommitsResponse :: Int -> BatchGetCommitsResponse
- data DescribeMergeConflicts = DescribeMergeConflicts' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum Text
- newDescribeMergeConflicts :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeOptionTypeEnum -> Text -> DescribeMergeConflicts
- data DescribeMergeConflictsResponse = DescribeMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int ConflictMetadata [MergeHunk] Text Text
- newDescribeMergeConflictsResponse :: Int -> ConflictMetadata -> Text -> Text -> DescribeMergeConflictsResponse
- data CreatePullRequest = CreatePullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text [Target]
- newCreatePullRequest :: Text -> CreatePullRequest
- data CreatePullRequestResponse = CreatePullRequestResponse' Int PullRequest
- newCreatePullRequestResponse :: Int -> PullRequest -> CreatePullRequestResponse
- data GetFolder = GetFolder' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newGetFolder :: Text -> Text -> GetFolder
- data GetFolderResponse = GetFolderResponse' (Maybe [SymbolicLink]) (Maybe [Folder]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [File]) (Maybe [SubModule]) Int Text Text
- newGetFolderResponse :: Int -> Text -> Text -> GetFolderResponse
- data UpdatePullRequestApprovalState = UpdatePullRequestApprovalState' Text Text ApprovalState
- newUpdatePullRequestApprovalState :: Text -> Text -> ApprovalState -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
- data UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse = UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse' {
- newUpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse :: UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse
- data CreateApprovalRuleTemplate = CreateApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newCreateApprovalRuleTemplate :: Text -> Text -> CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
- data CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse = CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate
- newCreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse :: Int -> ApprovalRuleTemplate -> CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse
- data DeleteBranch = DeleteBranch' Text Text
- newDeleteBranch :: Text -> Text -> DeleteBranch
- data DeleteBranchResponse = DeleteBranchResponse' (Maybe BranchInfo) Int
- newDeleteBranchResponse :: Int -> DeleteBranchResponse
- data CreateCommit = CreateCommit' (Maybe [DeleteFileEntry]) (Maybe [SetFileModeEntry]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [PutFileEntry]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) Text Text
- newCreateCommit :: Text -> Text -> CreateCommit
- data CreateCommitResponse = CreateCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) Int
- newCreateCommitResponse :: Int -> CreateCommitResponse
- data GetComment = GetComment' Text
- newGetComment :: Text -> GetComment
- data GetCommentResponse = GetCommentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int
- newGetCommentResponse :: Int -> GetCommentResponse
- data EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules = EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules' Text Text
- newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules :: Text -> Text -> EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
- data EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse = EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse' Int Evaluation
- newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse :: Int -> Evaluation -> EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse
- data AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository = AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository' Text Text
- newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository :: Text -> Text -> AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
- data AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse = AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse' {
- newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse :: AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse
- data ListPullRequests = ListPullRequests' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum) (Maybe Text) Text
- newListPullRequests :: Text -> ListPullRequests
- data ListPullRequestsResponse = ListPullRequestsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [Text]
- newListPullRequestsResponse :: Int -> ListPullRequestsResponse
- data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories = BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories' Text [Text]
- newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories :: Text -> BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
- data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse = BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse' Int [Text] [BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError]
- newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse :: Int -> BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse
- data GetBlob = GetBlob' Text Text
- newGetBlob :: Text -> Text -> GetBlob
- data GetBlobResponse = GetBlobResponse' Int Base64
- newGetBlobResponse :: Int -> ByteString -> GetBlobResponse
- data MergePullRequestBySquash = MergePullRequestBySquash' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolution) Text Text
- newMergePullRequestBySquash :: Text -> Text -> MergePullRequestBySquash
- data MergePullRequestBySquashResponse = MergePullRequestBySquashResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int
- newMergePullRequestBySquashResponse :: Int -> MergePullRequestBySquashResponse
- data PostCommentForComparedCommit = PostCommentForComparedCommit' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Text Text Text
- newPostCommentForComparedCommit :: Text -> Text -> Text -> PostCommentForComparedCommit
- data PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse = PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Comment) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Int
- newPostCommentForComparedCommitResponse :: Int -> PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse
- data MergeBranchesByFastForward = MergeBranchesByFastForward' (Maybe Text) Text Text Text
- newMergeBranchesByFastForward :: Text -> Text -> Text -> MergeBranchesByFastForward
- data MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse = MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newMergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse :: Int -> MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse
- data GetBranch = GetBranch' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newGetBranch :: GetBranch
- data GetBranchResponse = GetBranchResponse' (Maybe BranchInfo) Int
- newGetBranchResponse :: Int -> GetBranchResponse
- data ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResource' (Maybe Text) Text
- newListTagsForResource :: Text -> ListTagsForResource
- data ListTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe (HashMap Text Text)) Int
- newListTagsForResourceResponse :: Int -> ListTagsForResourceResponse
- newtype ApprovalState where
- ApprovalState' { }
- pattern ApprovalState_APPROVE :: ApprovalState
- pattern ApprovalState_REVOKE :: ApprovalState
- newtype ChangeTypeEnum where
- ChangeTypeEnum' { }
- pattern ChangeTypeEnum_A :: ChangeTypeEnum
- pattern ChangeTypeEnum_D :: ChangeTypeEnum
- pattern ChangeTypeEnum_M :: ChangeTypeEnum
- newtype ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum where
- newtype ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum where
- ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum' { }
- pattern ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum_ACCEPT_DESTINATION :: ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
- pattern ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum_ACCEPT_SOURCE :: ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
- pattern ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum_AUTOMERGE :: ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
- pattern ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum_NONE :: ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
- newtype FileModeTypeEnum where
- FileModeTypeEnum' { }
- pattern FileModeTypeEnum_EXECUTABLE :: FileModeTypeEnum
- pattern FileModeTypeEnum_NORMAL :: FileModeTypeEnum
- pattern FileModeTypeEnum_SYMLINK :: FileModeTypeEnum
- newtype MergeOptionTypeEnum where
- newtype ObjectTypeEnum where
- ObjectTypeEnum' { }
- pattern ObjectTypeEnum_DIRECTORY :: ObjectTypeEnum
- pattern ObjectTypeEnum_FILE :: ObjectTypeEnum
- pattern ObjectTypeEnum_GIT_LINK :: ObjectTypeEnum
- pattern ObjectTypeEnum_SYMBOLIC_LINK :: ObjectTypeEnum
- newtype OrderEnum where
- OrderEnum' { }
- pattern OrderEnum_Ascending :: OrderEnum
- pattern OrderEnum_Descending :: OrderEnum
- newtype OverrideStatus where
- OverrideStatus' { }
- pattern OverrideStatus_OVERRIDE :: OverrideStatus
- pattern OverrideStatus_REVOKE :: OverrideStatus
- newtype PullRequestEventType where
- PullRequestEventType' { }
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_CREATED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_DELETED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_OVERRIDDEN :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_UPDATED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_STATE_CHANGED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_CREATED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_MERGE_STATE_CHANGED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED :: PullRequestEventType
- pattern PullRequestEventType_PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED :: PullRequestEventType
- newtype PullRequestStatusEnum where
- newtype RelativeFileVersionEnum where
- newtype ReplacementTypeEnum where
- newtype RepositoryTriggerEventEnum where
- RepositoryTriggerEventEnum' { }
- pattern RepositoryTriggerEventEnum_All :: RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
- pattern RepositoryTriggerEventEnum_CreateReference :: RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
- pattern RepositoryTriggerEventEnum_DeleteReference :: RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
- pattern RepositoryTriggerEventEnum_UpdateReference :: RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
- newtype SortByEnum where
- SortByEnum' { }
- pattern SortByEnum_LastModifiedDate :: SortByEnum
- pattern SortByEnum_RepositoryName :: SortByEnum
- data Approval = Approval' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ApprovalState)
- newApproval :: Approval
- data ApprovalRule = ApprovalRule' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newApprovalRule :: ApprovalRule
- data ApprovalRuleEventMetadata = ApprovalRuleEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newApprovalRuleEventMetadata :: ApprovalRuleEventMetadata
- data ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata = ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe OverrideStatus)
- newApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata :: ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata
- data ApprovalRuleTemplate = ApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newApprovalRuleTemplate :: ApprovalRuleTemplate
- data ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata = ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ApprovalState)
- newApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata :: ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata
- data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError = BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError :: BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError
- data BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError = BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError' Text Text Text
- newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsError :: Text -> Text -> Text -> BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError
- data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError = BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError :: BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError
- data BatchGetCommitsError = BatchGetCommitsError' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newBatchGetCommitsError :: BatchGetCommitsError
- data BlobMetadata = BlobMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newBlobMetadata :: BlobMetadata
- data BranchInfo = BranchInfo' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newBranchInfo :: BranchInfo
- data Comment = Comment' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe (HashMap Text Int)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool)
- newComment :: Comment
- data CommentsForComparedCommit = CommentsForComparedCommit' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Comment]) (Maybe Location)
- newCommentsForComparedCommit :: CommentsForComparedCommit
- data CommentsForPullRequest = CommentsForPullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Comment]) (Maybe Location)
- newCommentsForPullRequest :: CommentsForPullRequest
- data Commit = Commit' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UserInfo) (Maybe UserInfo)
- newCommit :: Commit
- data Conflict = Conflict' (Maybe ConflictMetadata) (Maybe [MergeHunk])
- newConflict :: Conflict
- data ConflictMetadata = ConflictMetadata' (Maybe MergeOperations) (Maybe Text) (Maybe IsBinaryFile) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe FileModes) (Maybe ObjectTypes) (Maybe FileSizes)
- newConflictMetadata :: ConflictMetadata
- data ConflictResolution = ConflictResolution' (Maybe [DeleteFileEntry]) (Maybe [SetFileModeEntry]) (Maybe [ReplaceContentEntry])
- newConflictResolution :: ConflictResolution
- data DeleteFileEntry = DeleteFileEntry' Text
- newDeleteFileEntry :: Text -> DeleteFileEntry
- data Difference = Difference' (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum) (Maybe BlobMetadata) (Maybe BlobMetadata)
- newDifference :: Difference
- data Evaluation = Evaluation' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text])
- newEvaluation :: Evaluation
- data File = File' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)
- newFile :: File
- data FileMetadata = FileMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)
- newFileMetadata :: FileMetadata
- data FileModes = FileModes' (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)
- newFileModes :: FileModes
- data FileSizes = FileSizes' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer)
- newFileSizes :: FileSizes
- data Folder = Folder' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newFolder :: Folder
- data IsBinaryFile = IsBinaryFile' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool)
- newIsBinaryFile :: IsBinaryFile
- data Location = Location' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe RelativeFileVersionEnum)
- newLocation :: Location
- data MergeHunk = MergeHunk' (Maybe MergeHunkDetail) (Maybe MergeHunkDetail) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe MergeHunkDetail)
- newMergeHunk :: MergeHunk
- data MergeHunkDetail = MergeHunkDetail' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int)
- newMergeHunkDetail :: MergeHunkDetail
- data MergeMetadata = MergeMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe MergeOptionTypeEnum)
- newMergeMetadata :: MergeMetadata
- data MergeOperations = MergeOperations' (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum) (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum)
- newMergeOperations :: MergeOperations
- data ObjectTypes = ObjectTypes' (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum) (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum) (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum)
- newObjectTypes :: ObjectTypes
- data OriginApprovalRuleTemplate = OriginApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newOriginApprovalRuleTemplate :: OriginApprovalRuleTemplate
- data PullRequest = PullRequest' (Maybe [PullRequestTarget]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ApprovalRule])
- newPullRequest :: PullRequest
- data PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata = PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPullRequestCreatedEventMetadata :: PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata
- data PullRequestEvent = PullRequestEvent' (Maybe PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) (Maybe PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) (Maybe ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe PullRequestEventType) (Maybe PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) (Maybe PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) (Maybe ApprovalRuleEventMetadata)
- newPullRequestEvent :: PullRequestEvent
- data PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata = PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe MergeMetadata) (Maybe Text)
- newPullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata :: PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata
- data PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata = PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata :: PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata
- data PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata = PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum)
- newPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata :: PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata
- data PullRequestTarget = PullRequestTarget' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe MergeMetadata) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPullRequestTarget :: PullRequestTarget
- data PutFileEntry = PutFileEntry' (Maybe Base64) (Maybe SourceFileSpecifier) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text
- newPutFileEntry :: Text -> PutFileEntry
- data ReactionForComment = ReactionForComment' (Maybe ReactionValueFormats) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Int)
- newReactionForComment :: ReactionForComment
- data ReactionValueFormats = ReactionValueFormats' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newReactionValueFormats :: ReactionValueFormats
- data ReplaceContentEntry = ReplaceContentEntry' (Maybe Base64) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text ReplacementTypeEnum
- newReplaceContentEntry :: Text -> ReplacementTypeEnum -> ReplaceContentEntry
- data RepositoryMetadata = RepositoryMetadata' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newRepositoryMetadata :: RepositoryMetadata
- data RepositoryNameIdPair = RepositoryNameIdPair' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newRepositoryNameIdPair :: RepositoryNameIdPair
- data RepositoryTrigger = RepositoryTrigger' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text [RepositoryTriggerEventEnum]
- newRepositoryTrigger :: Text -> Text -> RepositoryTrigger
- data RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure = RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newRepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure :: RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure
- data SetFileModeEntry = SetFileModeEntry' Text FileModeTypeEnum
- newSetFileModeEntry :: Text -> FileModeTypeEnum -> SetFileModeEntry
- data SourceFileSpecifier = SourceFileSpecifier' (Maybe Bool) Text
- newSourceFileSpecifier :: Text -> SourceFileSpecifier
- data SubModule = SubModule' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newSubModule :: SubModule
- data SymbolicLink = SymbolicLink' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)
- newSymbolicLink :: SymbolicLink
- data Target = Target' (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newTarget :: Text -> Text -> Target
- data UserInfo = UserInfo' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newUserInfo :: UserInfo
Service Configuration
defaultService :: Service Source #
API version 2015-04-13 of the Amazon CodeCommit SDK configuration.
Errors
Error matchers are designed for use with the functions provided by
Control.Exception.Lens.
This allows catching (and rethrowing) service specific errors returned
by CodeCommit.
InvalidConflictDetailLevelException
_InvalidConflictDetailLevelException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
ActorDoesNotExistException
_ActorDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
CommitRequiredException
_CommitRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A commit was not specified.
ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException
_ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An approval rule with that name already exists. Approval rule names must be unique within the scope of a pull request.
PullRequestIdRequiredException
_PullRequestIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
ReferenceDoesNotExistException
_ReferenceDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
NameLengthExceededException
_NameLengthExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for author names.
InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException
_InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request status update is not valid. The only valid update is
from OPEN to CLOSED.
InvalidPullRequestIdException
_InvalidPullRequestIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try again.
TargetRequiredException
_TargetRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A pull request target is required. It cannot be empty or null. A pull request target must contain the full values for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for the pull request.
FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException
_FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified file name has the same name as a directory in this repository. Either provide another name for the file, or add the file in a directory that does not match the file name.
InvalidTargetsException
_InvalidTargetsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The targets for the pull request is not valid or not in a valid format. Targets are a list of target objects. Each target object must contain the full values for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for a pull request.
CommentContentRequiredException
_CommentContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content cannot be null.
FileEntryRequiredException
_FileEntryRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because no files have been specified as added, updated, or changed (PutFile or DeleteFile) for the commit.
InvalidSystemTagUsageException
_InvalidSystemTagUsageException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
BranchNameExistsException
_BranchNameExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
Cannot create the branch with the specified name because the commit conflicts with an existing branch with the same name. Branch names must be unique.
EncryptionKeyNotFoundException
_EncryptionKeyNotFoundException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
No encryption key was found.
TargetsRequiredException
_TargetsRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An array of target objects is required. It cannot be empty or null.
ManualMergeRequiredException
_ManualMergeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch. You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException
_InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The description for the approval rule template is not valid because it exceeds the maximum characters allowed for a description. For more information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
SourceAndDestinationAreSameException
_SourceAndDestinationAreSameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The source branch and destination branch for the pull request are the same. You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException
_EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An encryption integrity check failed.
TooManyTagsException
_TooManyTagsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
SourceFileOrContentRequiredException
_SourceFileOrContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because no source files or file content have been specified for the commit.
CommentDeletedException
_CommentDeletedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted comment.
SamePathRequestException
_SamePathRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because one or more changes in this commit duplicate actions in the same file path. For example, you cannot make the same delete request to the same file in the same file path twice, or make a delete request and a move request to the same file as part of the same commit.
RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException
_RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
At least one event for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
ParentCommitDoesNotExistException
_ParentCommitDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The parent commit ID is not valid because it does not exist. The specified parent commit ID does not exist in the specified branch of the repository.
AuthorDoesNotExistException
_AuthorDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
InvalidReplacementContentException
_InvalidReplacementContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type is not valid or content is missing.
FileContentRequiredException
_FileContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The file cannot be added because it is empty. Empty files cannot be added to the repository with this API.
TitleRequiredException
_TitleRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
InvalidConflictResolutionException
_InvalidConflictResolutionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException
_ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The content for the approval rule is empty. You must provide some content for an approval rule. The content cannot be null.
PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException
_PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
PullRequestStatusRequiredException
_PullRequestStatusRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A pull request status is required, but none was provided.
InvalidPullRequestStatusException
_InvalidPullRequestStatusException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN
and CLOSED.
InvalidTitleException
_InvalidTitleException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed 100 characters in length.
InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException
_InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The source commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch name, tag, or full commit ID.
ParentCommitIdRequiredException
_ParentCommitIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A parent commit ID is required. To view the full commit ID of a branch in a repository, use GetBranch or a Git command (for example, git pull or git log).
RepositoryDoesNotExistException
_RepositoryDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified repository does not exist.
InvalidApprovalRuleContentException
_InvalidApprovalRuleContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The content for the approval rule is not valid.
InvalidOverrideStatusException
_InvalidOverrideStatusException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The override status is not valid. Valid statuses are OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException
_MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException
_RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A name for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException
_NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number of approval rule templates has been exceeded for this AWS Region.
RepositoryNameRequiredException
_RepositoryNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A repository name is required, but was not specified.
InvalidFileModeException
_InvalidFileModeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file mode permissions, see PutFile.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The name of the trigger is not valid.
FileContentSizeLimitExceededException
_FileContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making these changes using a Git client.
InvalidPathException
_InvalidPathException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified path is not valid.
InvalidTargetBranchException
_InvalidTargetBranchException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified target branch is not valid.
FileTooLargeException
_FileTooLargeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
InvalidBlobIdException
_InvalidBlobIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified blob is not valid.
InvalidApprovalRuleNameException
_InvalidApprovalRuleNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The name for the approval rule is not valid.
ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException
_ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException
_CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The approval rule cannot be deleted from the pull request because it was created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
InvalidActorArnException
_InvalidActorArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full ARN for the user who initiated the change for the pull request, and then try again.
PullRequestDoesNotExistException
_PullRequestDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
RepositoryNamesRequiredException
_RepositoryNamesRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
CommitIdDoesNotExistException
_CommitIdDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified commit ID does not exist.
MaximumFileEntriesExceededException
_MaximumFileEntriesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of specified files to change as part of this commit exceeds the maximum number of files that can be changed in a single commit. Consider using a Git client for these changes.
ReplacementTypeRequiredException
_ReplacementTypeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A replacement type is required.
InvalidReplacementTypeException
_InvalidReplacementTypeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement type is not valid.
RevisionIdRequiredException
_RevisionIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
ReactionLimitExceededException
_ReactionLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of reactions has been exceeded. Reactions are limited to one reaction per user for each individual comment ID.
RevisionNotCurrentException
_RevisionNotCurrentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
IdempotencyParameterMismatchException
_IdempotencyParameterMismatchException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException
_MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict can have only one conflict resolution entry.
BranchNameRequiredException
_BranchNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A branch name is required, but was not specified.
RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException
_RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
At least one branch name is required, but was not specified in the trigger configuration.
RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException
_RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The list of triggers for the repository is required, but was not specified.
RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException
_RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
EncryptionKeyUnavailableException
_EncryptionKeyUnavailableException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The encryption key is not available.
TagPolicyException
_TagPolicyException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The tag policy is not valid.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not meet the requirements for the service type.
InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException
_InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum is not valid in respect to the current file version.
InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException
_InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException
_ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified approval rule does not exist.
InvalidClientRequestTokenException
_InvalidClientRequestTokenException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The client request token is not valid.
ReferenceNameRequiredException
_ReferenceNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A reference name is required, but none was provided.
MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException
_MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of approvals required for the approval rule exceeds the maximum number allowed.
CommitMessageLengthExceededException
_CommitMessageLengthExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException
_MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number of approval rule templates for a repository has been exceeded. You cannot associate more than 25 approval rule templates with a repository.
TagKeysListRequiredException
_TagKeysListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A list of tag keys is required. The list cannot be empty or null.
InvalidReferenceNameException
_InvalidReferenceNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified reference name format is not valid. Reference names must conform to the Git references format (for example, refs/heads/master). For more information, see Git Internals - Git References or consult your Git documentation.
FileDoesNotExistException
_FileDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct file name, full path, and extension.
InvalidTagKeysListException
_InvalidTagKeysListException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The list of tags is not valid.
CommitIdRequiredException
_CommitIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A commit ID was not specified.
OverrideAlreadySetException
_OverrideAlreadySetException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request has already had its approval rules set to override.
CommentDoesNotExistException
_CommentDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct ID, and then try again.
InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException
_InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The destination commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch name, tag, or full commit ID.
CommentNotCreatedByCallerException
_CommentNotCreatedByCallerException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
You cannot modify or delete this comment. Only comment authors can modify or delete their comments.
InvalidTargetException
_InvalidTargetException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The target for the pull request is not valid. A target must contain the full values for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for the pull request.
ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException
_ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified reference is not a supported type.
InvalidSortByException
_InvalidSortByException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified sort by value is not valid.
EncryptionKeyDisabledException
_EncryptionKeyDisabledException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The encryption key is disabled.
InvalidCommitException
_InvalidCommitException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified commit is not valid.
ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException
_ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
You cannot create an approval rule template with that name because a template with that name already exists in this AWS Region for your AWS account. Approval rule template names must be unique.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException
_DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified path name has the same name as a file that already exists in this repository. Either provide a different name for the file, or specify a different path for the file.
MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException
_MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
You cannot create the pull request because the repository has too many open pull requests. The maximum number of open pull requests for a repository is 1,000. Close one or more open pull requests, and then try again.
PullRequestAlreadyClosedException
_PullRequestAlreadyClosedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
ReactionValueRequiredException
_ReactionValueRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A reaction value is required.
EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException
_EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An encryption key could not be accessed.
InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException
_InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The AWS Region for the trigger target does not match the AWS Region for the repository. Triggers must be created in the same Region as the target for the trigger.
InvalidReactionValueException
_InvalidReactionValueException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The value of the reaction is not valid. For more information, see the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
InvalidContinuationTokenException
_InvalidContinuationTokenException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified continuation token is not valid.
TipsDivergenceExceededException
_TipsDivergenceExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally
compare the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
RestrictedSourceFileException
_RestrictedSourceFileException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because one of the changes specifies copying or moving a .gitkeep file.
InvalidFilePositionException
_InvalidFilePositionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version of the file you want to comment on.
InvalidMaxMergeHunksException
_InvalidMaxMergeHunksException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified value for the number of merge hunks to return is not valid.
ReplacementContentRequiredException
_ReplacementContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
ResourceArnRequiredException
_ResourceArnRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException
_CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The approval rule cannot be modified for the pull request because it was created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
ParentCommitIdOutdatedException
_ParentCommitIdOutdatedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The file could not be added because the provided parent commit ID is not the current tip of the specified branch. To view the full commit ID of the current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
InvalidMaxConflictFilesException
_InvalidMaxConflictFilesException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified value for the number of conflict files to return is not valid.
PathDoesNotExistException
_PathDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified path does not exist.
InvalidResourceArnException
_InvalidResourceArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException
_ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The content for the approval rule template is empty. You must provide some content for an approval rule template. The content cannot be null.
MaximumBranchesExceededException
_MaximumBranchesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
OverrideStatusRequiredException
_OverrideStatusRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An override status is required, but no value was provided. Valid values include OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
ApprovalStateRequiredException
_ApprovalStateRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An approval state is required, but was not specified.
InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException
_InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request event type is not valid.
CommitIdsLimitExceededException
_CommitIdsLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number of allowed commit IDs in a batch request is 100. Verify that your batch requests contains no more than 100 commit IDs, and then try again.
RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException
_RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull request ID.
MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException
_MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException
_ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified. Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
InvalidParentCommitIdException
_InvalidParentCommitIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The parent commit ID is not valid. The commit ID cannot be empty, and must match the head commit ID for the branch of the repository where you want to add or update a file.
MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException
_MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException
_CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException
_InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The content of the approval rule template is not valid.
InvalidApprovalStateException
_InvalidApprovalStateException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The state for the approval is not valid. Valid values include APPROVE and REVOKE.
InvalidAuthorArnException
_InvalidAuthorArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full ARN for the author of the pull request, and then try again.
PathRequiredException
_PathRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
InvalidTagsMapException
_InvalidTagsMapException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The map of tags is not valid.
CommitIdsListRequiredException
_CommitIdsListRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A list of commit IDs is required, but was either not specified or the list was empty.
BranchNameIsTagNameException
_BranchNameIsTagNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use ListBranches.
DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException
_DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified branch is the default branch for the repository, and cannot be deleted. To delete this branch, you must first set another branch as the default branch.
FileModeRequiredException
_FileModeRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
TagsMapRequiredException
_TagsMapRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A map of tags is required.
FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException
_FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB. Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across multiple folders.
InvalidRepositoryNameException
_InvalidRepositoryNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A specified repository name is not valid.
This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid. Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or when a specified repository does not exist.
NumberOfRulesExceededException
_NumberOfRulesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The approval rule cannot be added. The pull request has the maximum number of approval rules associated with it.
InvalidReactionUserArnException
_InvalidReactionUserArnException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity is not valid.
InvalidDeletionParameterException
_InvalidDeletionParameterException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified deletion parameter is not valid.
RepositoryLimitExceededException
_RepositoryLimitExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A repository resource limit was exceeded.
FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException
_FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because a specified file path points to a submodule. Verify that the destination files have valid file paths that do not point to a submodule.
BranchDoesNotExistException
_BranchDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified branch does not exist.
InvalidDescriptionException
_InvalidDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions cannot be more than 1,000 characters.
InvalidCommentIdException
_InvalidCommentIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided the full comment ID.
InvalidOrderException
_InvalidOrderException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified sort order is not valid.
BlobIdRequiredException
_BlobIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A blob ID is required, but was not specified.
InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException
_InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException
_MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
You cannot include more than one repository in a pull request. Make sure you have specified only one repository name in your request, and then try again.
InvalidMaxResultsException
_InvalidMaxResultsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException
_ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
InvalidRevisionIdException
_InvalidRevisionIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException
_PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The approval cannot be applied because the user approving the pull request matches the user who created the pull request. You cannot approve a pull request that you created.
CommentIdRequiredException
_CommentIdRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
NoChangeException
_NoChangeException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because no changes will be made to the repository as a result of this commit. A commit must contain at least one change.
InvalidBranchNameException
_InvalidBranchNameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified reference name is not valid.
InvalidMergeOptionException
_InvalidMergeOptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified merge option is not valid for this operation. Not all merge strategies are supported for all operations.
CommitDoesNotExistException
_CommitDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified repository has no default branch.
BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException
_BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid. The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException
_MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
MergeOptionRequiredException
_MergeOptionRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A merge option or stategy is required, and none was provided.
InvalidFileLocationException
_InvalidFileLocationException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the file name and extension.
ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException
_ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template was created, and then try again.
ClientRequestTokenRequiredException
_ClientRequestTokenRequiredException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.
InvalidCommitIdException
_InvalidCommitIdException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified commit ID is not valid.
FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException
_FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because both a source file and file content have been specified for the same file. You cannot provide both. Either specify a source file or provide the file content directly.
SameFileContentException
_SameFileContentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The file was not added or updated because the content of the file is exactly the same as the content of that file in the repository and branch that you specified.
TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException
_TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
InvalidEmailException
_InvalidEmailException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an email address.
MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException
_MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this number is 100.
RepositoryNameExistsException
_RepositoryNameExistsException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified repository name already exists.
PutFileEntryConflictException
_PutFileEntryConflictException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The commit cannot be created because one or more files specified in the commit reference both a file and a folder.
FolderDoesNotExistException
_FolderDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified folder does not exist. Either the folder name is not correct, or you did not enter the full path to the folder.
InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException
_InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified repository description is not valid.
InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception
_InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The SHA-256 hash signature for the rule content is not valid.
BlobIdDoesNotExistException
_BlobIdDoesNotExistException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The specified blob does not exist.
ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException
_ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError Source #
The approval rule template is associated with one or more repositories. You cannot delete a template that is associated with a repository. Remove all associations, and then try again.
Waiters
Waiters poll by repeatedly sending a request until some remote success condition
configured by the Wait specification is fulfilled. The Wait specification
determines how many attempts should be made, in addition to delay and retry strategies.
Operations
Some AWS operations return results that are incomplete and require subsequent
requests in order to obtain the entire result set. The process of sending
subsequent requests to continue where a previous request left off is called
pagination. For example, the ListObjects operation of Amazon S3 returns up to
1000 objects at a time, and you must send subsequent requests with the
appropriate Marker in order to retrieve the next page of results.
Operations that have an AWSPager instance can transparently perform subsequent
requests, correctly setting Markers and other request facets to iterate through
the entire result set of a truncated API operation. Operations which support
this have an additional note in the documentation.
Many operations have the ability to filter results on the server side. See the individual operation parameters for details.
PutFile
See: newPutFile smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutFile' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text Text Base64 Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> ByteString | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PutFile |
Create a value of PutFile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parentCommitId:PutFile', putFile_parentCommitId - The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to
add or update the file. If this is an empty repository, no commit ID is
required. If this is not an empty repository, a commit ID is required.
The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation. Otherwise, an error occurs, and the file is not added or updated.
$sel:commitMessage:PutFile', putFile_commitMessage - A message about why this file was added or updated. Although it is
optional, a message makes the commit history for your repository more
useful.
$sel:name:PutFile', putFile_name - The name of the person adding or updating the file. Although it is
optional, a name makes the commit history for your repository more
useful.
$sel:email:PutFile', putFile_email - An email address for the person adding or updating the file.
$sel:fileMode:PutFile', putFile_fileMode - The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are
listed here.
$sel:repositoryName:PutFile', putFile_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file.
$sel:branchName:PutFile', putFile_branchName - The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this
is an empty repository, this branch is created.
$sel:fileContent:PutFile', putFile_fileContent - The content of the file, in binary object format.--
-- Note: This Lens automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data.
-- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during
-- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation.
-- This Lens accepts and returns only raw unencoded data.
$sel:filePath:PutFile', putFile_filePath - The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative
path to the file in the repository.
If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path is created as part of adding the file.
data PutFileResponse Source #
See: newPutFileResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutFileResponse' Int Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PutFileResponse |
Create a value of PutFileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:PutFileResponse', putFileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:commitId:PutFileResponse', putFileResponse_commitId - The full SHA ID of the commit that contains this file change.
$sel:blobId:PutFileResponse', putFileResponse_blobId - The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
$sel:treeId:PutFileResponse', putFileResponse_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains this file change.
GetRepositoryTriggers
data GetRepositoryTriggers Source #
Represents the input of a get repository triggers operation.
See: newGetRepositoryTriggers smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetRepositoryTriggers' Text |
Instances
newGetRepositoryTriggers Source #
Create a value of GetRepositoryTriggers with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:GetRepositoryTriggers', getRepositoryTriggers_repositoryName - The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.
data GetRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Represents the output of a get repository triggers operation.
See: newGetRepositoryTriggersResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe [RepositoryTrigger]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newGetRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Create a value of GetRepositoryTriggersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:triggers:GetRepositoryTriggersResponse', getRepositoryTriggersResponse_triggers - The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
$sel:configurationId:GetRepositoryTriggersResponse', getRepositoryTriggersResponse_configurationId - The system-generated unique ID for the trigger.
$sel:httpStatus:GetRepositoryTriggersResponse', getRepositoryTriggersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories Source #
See: newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories' Text [Text] |
Instances
newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories |
Create a value of BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the template you want to associate with one or more
repositories.
$sel:repositoryNames:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories_repositoryNames - The names of the repositories you want to associate with the template.
The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.
data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse Source #
See: newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse' Int [Text] [BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError] |
Instances
newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse |
Create a value of BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:associatedRepositoryNames:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse_associatedRepositoryNames - A list of names of the repositories that have been associated with the
template.
$sel:errors:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse_errors - A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to create
the association between the template and the repositories.
DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
data DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository Source #
See: newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository smart constructor.
Constructors
| DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository' Text Text |
Instances
newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository Source #
Arguments
Create a value of DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository', disassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template to disassociate from a specified
repository.
$sel:repositoryName:DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository', disassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository_repositoryName - The name of the repository you want to disassociate from the template.
data DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse Source #
See: newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse :: DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse Source #
Create a value of DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
UpdateRepositoryName
data UpdateRepositoryName Source #
Represents the input of an update repository description operation.
See: newUpdateRepositoryName smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateRepositoryName' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdateRepositoryName Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdateRepositoryName |
Create a value of UpdateRepositoryName with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:oldName:UpdateRepositoryName', updateRepositoryName_oldName - The current name of the repository.
$sel:newName':UpdateRepositoryName', updateRepositoryName_newName - The new name for the repository.
data UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source #
See: newUpdateRepositoryNameResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateRepositoryNameResponse' | |
Instances
| Eq UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdateRepositoryName Methods (==) :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> Bool # (/=) :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> Bool # | |
| Read UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
| Show UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdateRepositoryName Methods showsPrec :: Int -> UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> ShowS # show :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> String # showList :: [UpdateRepositoryNameResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| Generic UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdateRepositoryName Associated Types type Rep UpdateRepositoryNameResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| NFData UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdateRepositoryName Methods rnf :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse -> () # | |
| type Rep UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdateRepositoryName | |
newUpdateRepositoryNameResponse :: UpdateRepositoryNameResponse Source #
Create a value of UpdateRepositoryNameResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
BatchDescribeMergeConflicts
data BatchDescribeMergeConflicts Source #
See: newBatchDescribeMergeConflicts smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDescribeMergeConflicts' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum |
Instances
newBatchDescribeMergeConflicts Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text |
|
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeOptionTypeEnum | |
| -> BatchDescribeMergeConflicts |
Create a value of BatchDescribeMergeConflicts with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:maxMergeHunks:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_maxMergeHunks - The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.
$sel:nextToken:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxConflictFiles:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_maxConflictFiles - The maximum number of files to include in the output.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:filePaths:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_filePaths - The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts. If not
specified, the default is all conflict files.
$sel:repositoryName:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the merge conflicts you want to
review.
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:mergeOption:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflicts_mergeOption - The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
data BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse Source #
See: newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError]) Int [Conflict] Text Text |
Instances
newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text |
|
| -> Text | |
| -> BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse |
Create a value of BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:BatchDescribeMergeConflicts', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:baseCommitId:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_baseCommitId - The commit ID of the merge base.
$sel:errors:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_errors - A list of any errors returned while describing the merge conflicts for
each file.
$sel:httpStatus:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:conflicts:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_conflicts - A list of conflicts for each file, including the conflict metadata and
the hunks of the differences between the files.
$sel:destinationCommitId:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the
merge evaluation.
$sel:sourceCommitId:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse', batchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse_sourceCommitId - The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge
evaluation.
ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
data ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
See: newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Instances
newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate |
Create a value of ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template for which you want to list
repositories that are associated with that template.
data ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
See: newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse |
Create a value of ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
of the operation.
$sel:repositoryNames:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_repositoryNames - A list of repository names that are associated with the specified
approval rule template.
$sel:httpStatus:ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', listRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
data DeletePullRequestApprovalRule Source #
See: newDeletePullRequestApprovalRule smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeletePullRequestApprovalRule' Text Text |
Instances
newDeletePullRequestApprovalRule Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeletePullRequestApprovalRule |
Create a value of DeletePullRequestApprovalRule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:DeletePullRequestApprovalRule', deletePullRequestApprovalRule_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request that contains the approval
rule you want to delete.
$sel:approvalRuleName:DeletePullRequestApprovalRule', deletePullRequestApprovalRule_approvalRuleName - The name of the approval rule you want to delete.
data DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse Source #
See: newDeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse' Int Text |
Instances
newDeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse |
Create a value of DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse', deletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleId:DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse', deletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse_approvalRuleId - The ID of the deleted approval rule.
If the approval rule was deleted in an earlier API call, the response is 200 OK without content.
GetRepository
data GetRepository Source #
Represents the input of a get repository operation.
See: newGetRepository smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetRepository' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> GetRepository |
Create a value of GetRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:GetRepository', getRepository_repositoryName - The name of the repository to get information about.
data GetRepositoryResponse Source #
Represents the output of a get repository operation.
See: newGetRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetRepositoryResponse' (Maybe RepositoryMetadata) Int |
Instances
newGetRepositoryResponse Source #
Create a value of GetRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryMetadata:GetRepositoryResponse', getRepositoryResponse_repositoryMetadata - Information about the repository.
$sel:httpStatus:GetRepositoryResponse', getRepositoryResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetCommentsForPullRequest (Paginated)
data GetCommentsForPullRequest Source #
See: newGetCommentsForPullRequest smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommentsForPullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newGetCommentsForPullRequest Source #
Create a value of GetCommentsForPullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results. The default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments
with a single request.
$sel:repositoryName:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
$sel:beforeCommitId:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the
tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
$sel:afterCommitId:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip
of the branch at the time the comment was made.
$sel:pullRequestId:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequest_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
data GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse Source #
See: newGetCommentsForPullRequestResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse' (Maybe [CommentsForPullRequest]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newGetCommentsForPullRequestResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse |
Create a value of GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commentsForPullRequestData:GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse', getCommentsForPullRequestResponse_commentsForPullRequestData - An array of comment objects on the pull request.
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentsForPullRequest', getCommentsForPullRequestResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:httpStatus:GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse', getCommentsForPullRequestResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetPullRequestOverrideState
data GetPullRequestOverrideState Source #
See: newGetPullRequestOverrideState smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetPullRequestOverrideState' Text Text |
Instances
newGetPullRequestOverrideState Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetPullRequestOverrideState |
Create a value of GetPullRequestOverrideState with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:GetPullRequestOverrideState', getPullRequestOverrideState_pullRequestId - The ID of the pull request for which you want to get information about
whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden).
$sel:revisionId:GetPullRequestOverrideState', getPullRequestOverrideState_revisionId - The system-generated ID of the revision for the pull request. To
retrieve the most recent revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
data GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse Source #
See: newGetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newGetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse |
Create a value of GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:overridden:GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse', getPullRequestOverrideStateResponse_overridden - A Boolean value that indicates whether a pull request has had its rules
set aside (TRUE) or whether all approval rules still apply (FALSE).
$sel:overrider:GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse', getPullRequestOverrideStateResponse_overrider - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the
rules and their requirements for the pull request.
$sel:httpStatus:GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse', getPullRequestOverrideStateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
PostCommentReply
data PostCommentReply Source #
See: newPostCommentReply smart constructor.
Constructors
| PostCommentReply' (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PostCommentReply |
Create a value of PostCommentReply with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clientRequestToken:PostCommentReply', postCommentReply_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
$sel:inReplyTo:PostCommentReply', postCommentReply_inReplyTo - The system-generated ID of the comment to which you want to reply. To
get this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or
GetCommentsForPullRequest.
$sel:content:PostCommentReply', postCommentReply_content - The contents of your reply to a comment.
data PostCommentReplyResponse Source #
See: newPostCommentReplyResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PostCommentReplyResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int |
Instances
newPostCommentReplyResponse Source #
Create a value of PostCommentReplyResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:comment:PostCommentReplyResponse', postCommentReplyResponse_comment - Information about the reply to a comment.
$sel:httpStatus:PostCommentReplyResponse', postCommentReplyResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
UpdatePullRequestStatus
data UpdatePullRequestStatus Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestStatus' Text PullRequestStatusEnum |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestStatus Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> PullRequestStatusEnum | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestStatus |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:UpdatePullRequestStatus', updatePullRequestStatus_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:pullRequestStatus:UpdatePullRequestStatus', updatePullRequestStatus_pullRequestStatus - The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update
the status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from CLOSED to
CLOSED.
data UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestStatusResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse' Int PullRequest |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestStatusResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PullRequest | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse', updatePullRequestStatusResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequest:UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse', updatePullRequestStatusResponse_pullRequest - Information about the pull request.
MergePullRequestByThreeWay
data MergePullRequestByThreeWay Source #
See: newMergePullRequestByThreeWay smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newMergePullRequestByThreeWay Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergePullRequestByThreeWay |
Create a value of MergePullRequestByThreeWay with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authorName:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_authorName - The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used
as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_commitMessage - The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:email:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_email - The email address of the person merging the branches. This information
is used in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:sourceCommitId:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_sourceCommitId - The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the
current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this
commit ID.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep
file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:conflictResolution:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_conflictResolution - If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to
use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
$sel:pullRequestId:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:repositoryName:MergePullRequestByThreeWay', mergePullRequestByThreeWay_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
data MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse Source #
See: newMergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int |
Instances
newMergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse |
Create a value of MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequest:MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse', mergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse_pullRequest - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse', mergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
UpdateDefaultBranch
data UpdateDefaultBranch Source #
Represents the input of an update default branch operation.
See: newUpdateDefaultBranch smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateDefaultBranch' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdateDefaultBranch Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdateDefaultBranch |
Create a value of UpdateDefaultBranch with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:UpdateDefaultBranch', updateDefaultBranch_repositoryName - The name of the repository to set or change the default branch for.
$sel:defaultBranchName:UpdateDefaultBranch', updateDefaultBranch_defaultBranchName - The name of the branch to set as the default.
data UpdateDefaultBranchResponse Source #
See: newUpdateDefaultBranchResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateDefaultBranchResponse' | |
Instances
newUpdateDefaultBranchResponse :: UpdateDefaultBranchResponse Source #
Create a value of UpdateDefaultBranchResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
BatchGetRepositories
data BatchGetRepositories Source #
Represents the input of a batch get repositories operation.
See: newBatchGetRepositories smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchGetRepositories' [Text] |
Instances
newBatchGetRepositories :: BatchGetRepositories Source #
Create a value of BatchGetRepositories with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryNames:BatchGetRepositories', batchGetRepositories_repositoryNames - The names of the repositories to get information about.
The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.
data BatchGetRepositoriesResponse Source #
Represents the output of a batch get repositories operation.
See: newBatchGetRepositoriesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchGetRepositoriesResponse' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [RepositoryMetadata]) Int |
Instances
newBatchGetRepositoriesResponse Source #
Create a value of BatchGetRepositoriesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoriesNotFound:BatchGetRepositoriesResponse', batchGetRepositoriesResponse_repositoriesNotFound - Returns a list of repository names for which information could not be
found.
$sel:repositories:BatchGetRepositoriesResponse', batchGetRepositoriesResponse_repositories - A list of repositories returned by the batch get repositories operation.
$sel:httpStatus:BatchGetRepositoriesResponse', batchGetRepositoriesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetMergeOptions
data GetMergeOptions Source #
See: newGetMergeOptions smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetMergeOptions' (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetMergeOptions |
Create a value of GetMergeOptions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:GetMergeOptions', getMergeOptions_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:GetMergeOptions', getMergeOptions_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:repositoryName:GetMergeOptions', getMergeOptions_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the commits about which you
want to get merge options.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:GetMergeOptions', getMergeOptions_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:GetMergeOptions', getMergeOptions_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
data GetMergeOptionsResponse Source #
See: newGetMergeOptionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetMergeOptionsResponse' Int [MergeOptionTypeEnum] Text Text Text |
Instances
newGetMergeOptionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetMergeOptionsResponse |
Create a value of GetMergeOptionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetMergeOptionsResponse', getMergeOptionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:mergeOptions:GetMergeOptionsResponse', getMergeOptionsResponse_mergeOptions - The merge option or strategy used to merge the code.
$sel:sourceCommitId:GetMergeOptionsResponse', getMergeOptionsResponse_sourceCommitId - The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge
evaluation.
$sel:destinationCommitId:GetMergeOptionsResponse', getMergeOptionsResponse_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the
merge evaluation.
$sel:baseCommitId:GetMergeOptionsResponse', getMergeOptionsResponse_baseCommitId - The commit ID of the merge base.
PutCommentReaction
data PutCommentReaction Source #
See: newPutCommentReaction smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutCommentReaction' Text Text |
Instances
newPutCommentReaction Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PutCommentReaction |
Create a value of PutCommentReaction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commentId:PutCommentReaction', putCommentReaction_commentId - The ID of the comment to which you want to add or update a reaction.
$sel:reactionValue:PutCommentReaction', putCommentReaction_reactionValue - The emoji reaction you want to add or update. To remove a reaction,
provide a value of blank or null. You can also provide the value of
none. For information about emoji reaction values supported in AWS
CodeCommit, see the
AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
data PutCommentReactionResponse Source #
See: newPutCommentReactionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutCommentReactionResponse' | |
Instances
newPutCommentReactionResponse :: PutCommentReactionResponse Source #
Create a value of PutCommentReactionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
GetMergeConflicts
data GetMergeConflicts Source #
See: newGetMergeConflicts smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetMergeConflicts' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeOptionTypeEnum | |
| -> GetMergeConflicts |
Create a value of GetMergeConflicts with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxConflictFiles:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_maxConflictFiles - The maximum number of files to include in the output.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:repositoryName:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:mergeOption:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflicts_mergeOption - The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
data GetMergeConflictsResponse Source #
See: newGetMergeConflictsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int Bool Text Text [ConflictMetadata] |
Instances
newGetMergeConflictsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Bool | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetMergeConflictsResponse |
Create a value of GetMergeConflictsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetMergeConflicts', getMergeConflictsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:baseCommitId:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_baseCommitId - The commit ID of the merge base.
$sel:httpStatus:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:mergeable:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_mergeable - A Boolean value that indicates whether the code is mergeable by the
specified merge option.
$sel:destinationCommitId:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the
merge evaluation.
$sel:sourceCommitId:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_sourceCommitId - The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge
evaluation.
$sel:conflictMetadataList:GetMergeConflictsResponse', getMergeConflictsResponse_conflictMetadataList - A list of metadata for any conflicting files. If the specified merge
strategy is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, this list is always empty.
UpdatePullRequestDescription
data UpdatePullRequestDescription Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestDescription smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestDescription' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestDescription Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestDescription |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestDescription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:UpdatePullRequestDescription', updatePullRequestDescription_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:description:UpdatePullRequestDescription', updatePullRequestDescription_description - The updated content of the description for the pull request. This
content replaces the existing description.
data UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse' Int PullRequest |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PullRequest | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse', updatePullRequestDescriptionResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequest:UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse', updatePullRequestDescriptionResponse_pullRequest - Information about the updated pull request.
UntagResource
data UntagResource Source #
See: newUntagResource smart constructor.
Constructors
| UntagResource' Text [Text] |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> UntagResource |
Create a value of UntagResource with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:resourceArn:UntagResource', untagResource_resourceArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to
remove tags.
$sel:tagKeys:UntagResource', untagResource_tagKeys - The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.
data UntagResourceResponse Source #
See: newUntagResourceResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UntagResourceResponse' | |
Instances
newUntagResourceResponse :: UntagResourceResponse Source #
Create a value of UntagResourceResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
data DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
See: newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate' Text |
Instances
newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate |
Create a value of DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate', deleteApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template to delete.
data DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
See: newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' Int Text |
Instances
newDeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text |
|
| -> DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse |
Create a value of DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', deleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateId:DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', deleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_approvalRuleTemplateId - The system-generated ID of the deleted approval rule template. If the
template has been previously deleted, the only response is a 200 OK.
GetFile
See: newGetFile smart constructor.
Instances
Create a value of GetFile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitSpecifier:GetFile', getFile_commitSpecifier - The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains
the file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch
name, or a reference such as refs/heads/master. If none is provided,
the head commit is used.
$sel:repositoryName:GetFile', getFile_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the file.
$sel:filePath:GetFile', getFile_filePath - The fully qualified path to the file, including the full name and
extension of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully
qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
data GetFileResponse Source #
See: newGetFileResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetFileResponse' Int Text Text Text FileModeTypeEnum Integer Base64 |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> FileModeTypeEnum | |
| -> Integer | |
| -> ByteString | |
| -> GetFileResponse |
Create a value of GetFileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:commitId:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_commitId - The full commit ID of the commit that contains the content returned by
GetFile.
$sel:blobId:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_blobId - The blob ID of the object that represents the file content.
$sel:filePath:GetFile', getFileResponse_filePath - The fully qualified path to the specified file. Returns the name and
extension of the file.
$sel:fileMode:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_fileMode - The extrapolated file mode permissions of the blob. Valid values include
strings such as EXECUTABLE and not numeric values.
The file mode permissions returned by this API are not the standard file mode permission values, such as 100644, but rather extrapolated values. See the supported return values.
$sel:fileSize:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_fileSize - The size of the contents of the file, in bytes.
$sel:fileContent:GetFileResponse', getFileResponse_fileContent - The base-64 encoded binary data object that represents the content of
the file.--
-- Note: This Lens automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data.
-- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during
-- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation.
-- This Lens accepts and returns only raw unencoded data.
ListApprovalRuleTemplates
data ListApprovalRuleTemplates Source #
See: newListApprovalRuleTemplates smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListApprovalRuleTemplates' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) |
Instances
newListApprovalRuleTemplates :: ListApprovalRuleTemplates Source #
Create a value of ListApprovalRuleTemplates with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListApprovalRuleTemplates', listApprovalRuleTemplates_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:ListApprovalRuleTemplates', listApprovalRuleTemplates_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results.
data ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse Source #
See: newListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse |
Create a value of ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListApprovalRuleTemplates', listApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
of the operation.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateNames:ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse', listApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse_approvalRuleTemplateNames - The names of all the approval rule templates found in the AWS Region for
your AWS account.
$sel:httpStatus:ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse', listApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
TagResource
data TagResource Source #
See: newTagResource smart constructor.
Constructors
| TagResource' Text (HashMap Text Text) |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> TagResource |
Create a value of TagResource with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:resourceArn:TagResource', tagResource_resourceArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add
or update tags.
$sel:tags:TagResource', tagResource_tags - The key-value pair to use when tagging this repository.
data TagResourceResponse Source #
See: newTagResourceResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| TagResourceResponse' | |
Instances
newTagResourceResponse :: TagResourceResponse Source #
Create a value of TagResourceResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
MergeBranchesByThreeWay
data MergeBranchesByThreeWay Source #
See: newMergeBranchesByThreeWay smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newMergeBranchesByThreeWay Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeBranchesByThreeWay |
Create a value of MergeBranchesByThreeWay with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authorName:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_authorName - The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used
as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_commitMessage - The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:email:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_email - The email address of the person merging the branches. This information
is used in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep
file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:conflictResolution:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_conflictResolution - If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to
use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
$sel:targetBranch:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_targetBranch - The branch where the merge is applied.
$sel:repositoryName:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesByThreeWay', mergeBranchesByThreeWay_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
data MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse Source #
See: newMergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newMergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse Source #
Create a value of MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse', mergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse_commitId - The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:treeId:MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse', mergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse_treeId - The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:httpStatus:MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse', mergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ListBranches (Paginated)
data ListBranches Source #
Represents the input of a list branches operation.
See: newListBranches smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListBranches' (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ListBranches |
Create a value of ListBranches with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListBranches', listBranches_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results.
$sel:repositoryName:ListBranches', listBranches_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the branches.
data ListBranchesResponse Source #
Represents the output of a list branches operation.
See: newListBranchesResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newListBranchesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ListBranchesResponse |
Create a value of ListBranchesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListBranches', listBranchesResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that returns the batch of the results.
$sel:branches:ListBranchesResponse', listBranchesResponse_branches - The list of branch names.
$sel:httpStatus:ListBranchesResponse', listBranchesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
PutRepositoryTriggers
data PutRepositoryTriggers Source #
Represents the input of a put repository triggers operation.
See: newPutRepositoryTriggers smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutRepositoryTriggers' Text [RepositoryTrigger] |
Instances
newPutRepositoryTriggers Source #
Create a value of PutRepositoryTriggers with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:PutRepositoryTriggers', putRepositoryTriggers_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to create or update the
trigger.
$sel:triggers:PutRepositoryTriggers', putRepositoryTriggers_triggers - The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
data PutRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Represents the output of a put repository triggers operation.
See: newPutRepositoryTriggersResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newPutRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Create a value of PutRepositoryTriggersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:configurationId:PutRepositoryTriggersResponse', putRepositoryTriggersResponse_configurationId - The system-generated unique ID for the create or update operation.
$sel:httpStatus:PutRepositoryTriggersResponse', putRepositoryTriggersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateBranch
data CreateBranch Source #
Represents the input of a create branch operation.
See: newCreateBranch smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateBranch' Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateBranch |
Create a value of CreateBranch with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:CreateBranch', createBranch_repositoryName - The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch.
$sel:branchName:CreateBranch', createBranch_branchName - The name of the new branch to create.
$sel:commitId:CreateBranch', createBranch_commitId - The ID of the commit to point the new branch to.
data CreateBranchResponse Source #
See: newCreateBranchResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateBranchResponse' | |
Instances
newCreateBranchResponse :: CreateBranchResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateBranchResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
data UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent smart constructor.
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:existingRuleContentSha256:UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent_existingRuleContentSha256 - The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
$sel:pullRequestId:UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:approvalRuleName:UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent_approvalRuleName - The name of the approval rule you want to update.
$sel:newRuleContent':UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent_newRuleContent - The updated content for the approval rule.
When you update the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are counted as approvals coming from that user:
- An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)
- A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
- Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
data UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> ApprovalRule |
|
| -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRule:UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse', updatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse_approvalRule - Information about the updated approval rule.
UpdatePullRequestTitle
data UpdatePullRequestTitle Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestTitle smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestTitle' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestTitle Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestTitle |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestTitle with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:UpdatePullRequestTitle', updatePullRequestTitle_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:title:UpdatePullRequestTitle', updatePullRequestTitle_title - The updated title of the pull request. This replaces the existing title.
data UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestTitleResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse' Int PullRequest |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestTitleResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PullRequest | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse', updatePullRequestTitleResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequest:UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse', updatePullRequestTitleResponse_pullRequest - Information about the updated pull request.
UpdateRepositoryDescription
data UpdateRepositoryDescription Source #
Represents the input of an update repository description operation.
See: newUpdateRepositoryDescription smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateRepositoryDescription' (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newUpdateRepositoryDescription Source #
Create a value of UpdateRepositoryDescription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryDescription:UpdateRepositoryDescription', updateRepositoryDescription_repositoryDescription - The new comment or description for the specified repository. Repository
descriptions are limited to 1,000 characters.
$sel:repositoryName:UpdateRepositoryDescription', updateRepositoryDescription_repositoryName - The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description
for.
data UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse Source #
See: newUpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse' | |
Instances
newUpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse :: UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse Source #
Create a value of UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
GetPullRequest
data GetPullRequest Source #
See: newGetPullRequest smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetPullRequest' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> GetPullRequest |
Create a value of GetPullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:GetPullRequest', getPullRequest_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
data GetPullRequestResponse Source #
See: newGetPullRequestResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetPullRequestResponse' Int PullRequest |
Instances
newGetPullRequestResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PullRequest | |
| -> GetPullRequestResponse |
Create a value of GetPullRequestResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetPullRequestResponse', getPullRequestResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequest:GetPullRequestResponse', getPullRequestResponse_pullRequest - Information about the specified pull request.
GetDifferences (Paginated)
data GetDifferences Source #
See: newGetDifferences smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetDifferences' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetDifferences |
Create a value of GetDifferences with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeCommitSpecifier:GetDifferences', getDifferences_beforeCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, the full commit ID). Optional. If not
specified, all changes before the afterCommitSpecifier value are
shown. If you do not use beforeCommitSpecifier in your request,
consider limiting the results with maxResults.
$sel:nextToken:GetDifferences', getDifferences_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:GetDifferences', getDifferences_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results.
$sel:beforePath:GetDifferences', getDifferences_beforePath - The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to
this path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory
or folder. If beforePath and afterPath are not specified,
differences are shown for all paths.
$sel:afterPath:GetDifferences', getDifferences_afterPath - The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this
path. Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or
folder, if it has changed. If not specified, differences are shown for
all paths.
$sel:repositoryName:GetDifferences', getDifferences_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to get differences.
$sel:afterCommitSpecifier:GetDifferences', getDifferences_afterCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit.
data GetDifferencesResponse Source #
See: newGetDifferencesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetDifferencesResponse' (Maybe [Difference]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newGetDifferencesResponse Source #
Create a value of GetDifferencesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:differences:GetDifferencesResponse', getDifferencesResponse_differences - A data type object that contains information about the differences,
including whether the difference is added, modified, or deleted (A, D,
M).
$sel:nextToken:GetDifferences', getDifferencesResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:httpStatus:GetDifferencesResponse', getDifferencesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
data OverridePullRequestApprovalRules Source #
See: newOverridePullRequestApprovalRules smart constructor.
Constructors
| OverridePullRequestApprovalRules' Text Text OverrideStatus |
Instances
newOverridePullRequestApprovalRules Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> OverrideStatus | |
| -> OverridePullRequestApprovalRules |
Create a value of OverridePullRequestApprovalRules with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:OverridePullRequestApprovalRules', overridePullRequestApprovalRules_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to
override all approval rule requirements. To get this information, use
GetPullRequest.
$sel:revisionId:OverridePullRequestApprovalRules', overridePullRequestApprovalRules_revisionId - The system-generated ID of the most recent revision of the pull request.
You cannot override approval rules for anything but the most recent
revision of a pull request. To get the revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
$sel:overrideStatus:OverridePullRequestApprovalRules', overridePullRequestApprovalRules_overrideStatus - Whether you want to set aside approval rule requirements for the pull
request (OVERRIDE) or revoke a previous override and apply approval rule
requirements (REVOKE). REVOKE status is not stored.
data OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse Source #
See: newOverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse' | |
Instances
newOverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse :: OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse Source #
Create a value of OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
UpdateComment
data UpdateComment Source #
See: newUpdateComment smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateComment' Text Text |
Instances
Create a value of UpdateComment with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commentId:UpdateComment', updateComment_commentId - The system-generated ID of the comment you want to update. To get this
ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
$sel:content:UpdateComment', updateComment_content - The updated content to replace the existing content of the comment.
data UpdateCommentResponse Source #
See: newUpdateCommentResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateCommentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int |
Instances
newUpdateCommentResponse Source #
Create a value of UpdateCommentResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:comment:UpdateCommentResponse', updateCommentResponse_comment - Information about the updated comment.
$sel:httpStatus:UpdateCommentResponse', updateCommentResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeleteFile
data DeleteFile Source #
See: newDeleteFile smart constructor.
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeleteFile |
Create a value of DeleteFile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitMessage:DeleteFile', deleteFile_commitMessage - The commit message you want to include as part of deleting the file.
Commit messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a
default message is used.
$sel:name:DeleteFile', deleteFile_name - The name of the author of the commit that deletes the file. If no name
is specified, the user's ARN is used as the author name and committer
name.
$sel:email:DeleteFile', deleteFile_email - The email address for the commit that deletes the file. If no email
address is specified, the email address is left blank.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:DeleteFile', deleteFile_keepEmptyFolders - If a file is the only object in the folder or directory, specifies
whether to delete the folder or directory that contains the file. By
default, empty folders are deleted. This includes empty folders that are
part of the directory structure. For example, if the path to a file is
dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last
file in dir4 also deletes the empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2.
$sel:repositoryName:DeleteFile', deleteFile_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the file to delete.
$sel:branchName:DeleteFile', deleteFile_branchName - The name of the branch where the commit that deletes the file is made.
$sel:filePath:DeleteFile', deleteFile_filePath - The fully qualified path to the file that to be deleted, including the
full name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md
is a fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named
examples.
$sel:parentCommitId:DeleteFile', deleteFile_parentCommitId - The ID of the commit that is the tip of the branch where you want to
create the commit that deletes the file. This must be the HEAD commit
for the branch. The commit that deletes the file is created from this
commit ID.
data DeleteFileResponse Source #
See: newDeleteFileResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDeleteFileResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteFileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteFileResponse', deleteFileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:commitId:DeleteFileResponse', deleteFileResponse_commitId - The full commit ID of the commit that contains the change that deletes
the file.
$sel:blobId:DeleteFileResponse', deleteFileResponse_blobId - The blob ID removed from the tree as part of deleting the file.
$sel:treeId:DeleteFileResponse', deleteFileResponse_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains the delete file change.
$sel:filePath:DeleteFile', deleteFileResponse_filePath - The fully qualified path to the file to be deleted, including the full
name and extension of that file.
UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> Text |
|
| -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName |
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:oldApprovalRuleTemplateName:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName', updateApprovalRuleTemplateName_oldApprovalRuleTemplateName - The current name of the approval rule template.
$sel:newApprovalRuleTemplateName':UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName', updateApprovalRuleTemplateName_newApprovalRuleTemplateName - The new name you want to apply to the approval rule template.
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ApprovalRuleTemplate |
|
| -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse |
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplate:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse_approvalRuleTemplate - The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
GetCommentsForComparedCommit (Paginated)
data GetCommentsForComparedCommit Source #
See: newGetCommentsForComparedCommit smart constructor.
Instances
newGetCommentsForComparedCommit Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetCommentsForComparedCommit |
Create a value of GetCommentsForComparedCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommit_nextToken - An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommit_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results. The default is 100 comments, but you can configure up to 500.
$sel:beforeCommitId:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommit_beforeCommitId - To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
the before commit.
$sel:repositoryName:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to compare commits.
$sel:afterCommitId:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommit_afterCommitId - To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
the after commit.
data GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse Source #
See: newGetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [CommentsForComparedCommit]) Int |
Instances
newGetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse |
Create a value of GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentsForComparedCommit', getCommentsForComparedCommitResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:commentsForComparedCommitData:GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse', getCommentsForComparedCommitResponse_commentsForComparedCommitData - A list of comment objects on the compared commit.
$sel:httpStatus:GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse', getCommentsForComparedCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
TestRepositoryTriggers
data TestRepositoryTriggers Source #
Represents the input of a test repository triggers operation.
See: newTestRepositoryTriggers smart constructor.
Constructors
| TestRepositoryTriggers' Text [RepositoryTrigger] |
Instances
newTestRepositoryTriggers Source #
Create a value of TestRepositoryTriggers with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:TestRepositoryTriggers', testRepositoryTriggers_repositoryName - The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.
$sel:triggers:TestRepositoryTriggers', testRepositoryTriggers_triggers - The list of triggers to test.
data TestRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Represents the output of a test repository triggers operation.
See: newTestRepositoryTriggersResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| TestRepositoryTriggersResponse' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure]) Int |
Instances
newTestRepositoryTriggersResponse Source #
Create a value of TestRepositoryTriggersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:successfulExecutions:TestRepositoryTriggersResponse', testRepositoryTriggersResponse_successfulExecutions - The list of triggers that were successfully tested. This list provides
the names of the triggers that were successfully tested, separated by
commas.
$sel:failedExecutions:TestRepositoryTriggersResponse', testRepositoryTriggersResponse_failedExecutions - The list of triggers that were not tested. This list provides the names
of the triggers that could not be tested, separated by commas.
$sel:httpStatus:TestRepositoryTriggersResponse', testRepositoryTriggersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetMergeCommit
data GetMergeCommit Source #
See: newGetMergeCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetMergeCommit' (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetMergeCommit |
Create a value of GetMergeCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:GetMergeCommit', getMergeCommit_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:GetMergeCommit', getMergeCommit_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:repositoryName:GetMergeCommit', getMergeCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the merge commit about which
you want to get information.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:GetMergeCommit', getMergeCommit_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:GetMergeCommit', getMergeCommit_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
data GetMergeCommitResponse Source #
See: newGetMergeCommitResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newGetMergeCommitResponse Source #
Create a value of GetMergeCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:baseCommitId:GetMergeCommitResponse', getMergeCommitResponse_baseCommitId - The commit ID of the merge base.
$sel:mergedCommitId:GetMergeCommitResponse', getMergeCommitResponse_mergedCommitId - The commit ID for the merge commit created when the source branch was
merged into the destination branch. If the fast-forward merge strategy
was used, there is no merge commit.
$sel:sourceCommitId:GetMergeCommitResponse', getMergeCommitResponse_sourceCommitId - The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge
evaluation.
$sel:destinationCommitId:GetMergeCommitResponse', getMergeCommitResponse_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the
merge evaluation.
$sel:httpStatus:GetMergeCommitResponse', getMergeCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetCommit
Represents the input of a get commit operation.
See: newGetCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommit' Text Text |
Instances
Create a value of GetCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:GetCommit', getCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository to which the commit was made.
$sel:commitId:GetCommit', getCommit_commitId - The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA ID of the commit.
data GetCommitResponse Source #
Represents the output of a get commit operation.
See: newGetCommitResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommitResponse' Int Commit |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Commit | |
| -> GetCommitResponse |
Create a value of GetCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetCommitResponse', getCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:commit:GetCommitResponse', getCommitResponse_commit - A commit data type object that contains information about the specified
commit.
GetCommentReactions
data GetCommentReactions Source #
See: newGetCommentReactions smart constructor.
Instances
newGetCommentReactions Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> GetCommentReactions |
Create a value of GetCommentReactions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentReactions', getCommentReactions_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:GetCommentReactions', getCommentReactions_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results. The default is the same as the allowed maximum, 1,000.
$sel:reactionUserArn:GetCommentReactions', getCommentReactions_reactionUserArn - Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity for
which you want to get reaction information.
$sel:commentId:GetCommentReactions', getCommentReactions_commentId - The ID of the comment for which you want to get reactions information.
data GetCommentReactionsResponse Source #
See: newGetCommentReactionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommentReactionsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [ReactionForComment] |
Instances
newGetCommentReactionsResponse Source #
Create a value of GetCommentReactionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:GetCommentReactions', getCommentReactionsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:httpStatus:GetCommentReactionsResponse', getCommentReactionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:reactionsForComment:GetCommentReactionsResponse', getCommentReactionsResponse_reactionsForComment - An array of reactions to the specified comment.
GetApprovalRuleTemplate
data GetApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
See: newGetApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetApprovalRuleTemplate' Text |
Instances
newGetApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Create a value of GetApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:GetApprovalRuleTemplate', getApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template for which you want to get
information.
data GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
See: newGetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse' Int ApprovalRuleTemplate |
Instances
newGetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ApprovalRuleTemplate | |
| -> GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse |
Create a value of GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', getApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplate:GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', getApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_approvalRuleTemplate - The content and structure of the approval rule template.
MergePullRequestByFastForward
data MergePullRequestByFastForward Source #
See: newMergePullRequestByFastForward smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergePullRequestByFastForward' (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
newMergePullRequestByFastForward Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergePullRequestByFastForward |
Create a value of MergePullRequestByFastForward with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:sourceCommitId:MergePullRequestByFastForward', mergePullRequestByFastForward_sourceCommitId - The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the
current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this
commit ID.
$sel:pullRequestId:MergePullRequestByFastForward', mergePullRequestByFastForward_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:repositoryName:MergePullRequestByFastForward', mergePullRequestByFastForward_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
data MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse Source #
See: newMergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int |
Instances
newMergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse |
Create a value of MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequest:MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse', mergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse_pullRequest - Information about the specified pull request, including the merge.
$sel:httpStatus:MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse', mergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
PostCommentForPullRequest
data PostCommentForPullRequest Source #
See: newPostCommentForPullRequest smart constructor.
Instances
newPostCommentForPullRequest Source #
Create a value of PostCommentForPullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clientRequestToken:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
$sel:location:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_location - The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no
location is provided, the comment is posted as a general comment on the
pull request difference between the before commit ID and the after
commit ID.
$sel:pullRequestId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:repositoryName:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on a pull
request.
$sel:beforeCommitId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the
tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
$sel:afterCommitId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that is the
current tip of the branch for the pull request when you post the
comment.
$sel:content:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequest_content - The content of your comment on the change.
data PostCommentForPullRequestResponse Source #
See: newPostCommentForPullRequestResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PostCommentForPullRequestResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Comment) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Int |
Instances
newPostCommentForPullRequestResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PostCommentForPullRequestResponse |
Create a value of PostCommentForPullRequestResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeBlobId:PostCommentForPullRequestResponse', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_beforeBlobId - In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the before
blob.
$sel:comment:PostCommentForPullRequestResponse', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_comment - The content of the comment you posted.
$sel:repositoryName:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you posted a comment on a pull request.
$sel:beforeCommitId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch used to create the
pull request, or in the case of an updated pull request, the full commit
ID of the commit used to update the pull request.
$sel:afterBlobId:PostCommentForPullRequestResponse', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_afterBlobId - In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the after
blob.
$sel:pullRequestId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:afterCommitId:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch where the
pull request is merged.
$sel:location:PostCommentForPullRequest', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_location - The location of the change where you posted your comment.
$sel:httpStatus:PostCommentForPullRequestResponse', postCommentForPullRequestResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
MergeBranchesBySquash
data MergeBranchesBySquash Source #
See: newMergeBranchesBySquash smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newMergeBranchesBySquash Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeBranchesBySquash |
Create a value of MergeBranchesBySquash with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authorName:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_authorName - The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used
as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_commitMessage - The commit message for the merge.
$sel:email:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_email - The email address of the person merging the branches. This information
is used in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified
as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is
false.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:conflictResolution:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_conflictResolution - If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to
use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
$sel:targetBranch:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_targetBranch - The branch where the merge is applied.
$sel:repositoryName:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesBySquash', mergeBranchesBySquash_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
data MergeBranchesBySquashResponse Source #
See: newMergeBranchesBySquashResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newMergeBranchesBySquashResponse Source #
Create a value of MergeBranchesBySquashResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:MergeBranchesBySquashResponse', mergeBranchesBySquashResponse_commitId - The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:treeId:MergeBranchesBySquashResponse', mergeBranchesBySquashResponse_treeId - The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:httpStatus:MergeBranchesBySquashResponse', mergeBranchesBySquashResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit
data CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit Source #
See: newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommit Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text |
|
| -> MergeOptionTypeEnum | |
| -> CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit |
Create a value of CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authorName:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_authorName - The name of the author who created the unreferenced commit. This
information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_commitMessage - The commit message for the unreferenced commit.
$sel:email:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_email - The email address for the person who created the unreferenced commit.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified
as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is
false.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:conflictResolution:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_conflictResolution - If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to
use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
$sel:repositoryName:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to create the unreferenced
merge commit.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:mergeOption:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit', createUnreferencedMergeCommit_mergeOption - The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
data CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse Source #
See: newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse |
Create a value of CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse', createUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse_commitId - The full commit ID of the commit that contains your merge results.
$sel:treeId:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse', createUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains the merge results.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse', createUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
data CreatePullRequestApprovalRule Source #
See: newCreatePullRequestApprovalRule smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreatePullRequestApprovalRule' Text Text Text |
Instances
newCreatePullRequestApprovalRule Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreatePullRequestApprovalRule |
Create a value of CreatePullRequestApprovalRule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:CreatePullRequestApprovalRule', createPullRequestApprovalRule_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to create
the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleName:CreatePullRequestApprovalRule', createPullRequestApprovalRule_approvalRuleName - The name for the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleContent:CreatePullRequestApprovalRule', createPullRequestApprovalRule_approvalRuleContent - The content of the approval rule, including the number of approvals
needed and the structure of an approval pool defined for approvals, if
any. For more information about approval pools, see the AWS CodeCommit
User Guide.
When you create the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following would be counted as approvals coming from that user:
- An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)
- A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
- Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
data CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse Source #
See: newCreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse' Int ApprovalRule |
Instances
newCreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ApprovalRule | |
| -> CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse |
Create a value of CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse', createPullRequestApprovalRuleResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRule:CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse', createPullRequestApprovalRuleResponse_approvalRule - Information about the created approval rule.
GetPullRequestApprovalStates
data GetPullRequestApprovalStates Source #
See: newGetPullRequestApprovalStates smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetPullRequestApprovalStates' Text Text |
Instances
newGetPullRequestApprovalStates Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetPullRequestApprovalStates |
Create a value of GetPullRequestApprovalStates with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:GetPullRequestApprovalStates', getPullRequestApprovalStates_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID for the pull request.
$sel:revisionId:GetPullRequestApprovalStates', getPullRequestApprovalStates_revisionId - The system-generated ID for the pull request revision.
data GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse Source #
See: newGetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse' (Maybe [Approval]) Int |
Instances
newGetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse |
Create a value of GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvals:GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse', getPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse_approvals - Information about users who have approved the pull request.
$sel:httpStatus:GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse', getPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
data ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository Source #
See: newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository smart constructor.
Instances
newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository |
Create a value of ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results.
$sel:repositoryName:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository_repositoryName - The name of the repository for which you want to list all associated
approval rule templates.
data ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse Source #
See: newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Int |
Instances
newListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse |
Create a value of ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
of the operation.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateNames:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse_approvalRuleTemplateNames - The names of all approval rule templates associated with the repository.
$sel:httpStatus:ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse', listAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent' (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> Text | |
| -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent |
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:existingRuleContentSha256:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent', updateApprovalRuleTemplateContent_existingRuleContentSha256 - The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent', updateApprovalRuleTemplateContent_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template where you want to update the
content of the rule.
$sel:newRuleContent':UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent', updateApprovalRuleTemplateContent_newRuleContent - The content that replaces the existing content of the rule. Content
statements must be complete. You cannot provide only the changes.
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ApprovalRuleTemplate |
|
| -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse |
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplate:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse_approvalRuleTemplate - Undocumented member.
DescribePullRequestEvents (Paginated)
data DescribePullRequestEvents Source #
See: newDescribePullRequestEvents smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribePullRequestEvents' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe PullRequestEventType) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newDescribePullRequestEvents Source #
Create a value of DescribePullRequestEvents with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEvents_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEvents_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results. The default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of
events that can be returned in a result.
$sel:pullRequestEventType:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEvents_pullRequestEventType - Optional. The pull request event type about which you want to return
information.
$sel:actorArn:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEvents_actorArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or
changing the status of a pull request.
$sel:pullRequestId:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEvents_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
data DescribePullRequestEventsResponse Source #
See: newDescribePullRequestEventsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribePullRequestEventsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [PullRequestEvent] |
Instances
newDescribePullRequestEventsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribePullRequestEventsResponse |
Create a value of DescribePullRequestEventsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:DescribePullRequestEvents', describePullRequestEventsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribePullRequestEventsResponse', describePullRequestEventsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequestEvents:DescribePullRequestEventsResponse', describePullRequestEventsResponse_pullRequestEvents - Information about the pull request events.
ListRepositories (Paginated)
data ListRepositories Source #
Represents the input of a list repositories operation.
See: newListRepositories smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListRepositories' (Maybe Text) (Maybe SortByEnum) (Maybe OrderEnum) |
Instances
newListRepositories :: ListRepositories Source #
Create a value of ListRepositories with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListRepositories', listRepositories_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of
the operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations.
When the client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of
1,000 records is retrieved.
$sel:sortBy:ListRepositories', listRepositories_sortBy - The criteria used to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
$sel:order:ListRepositories', listRepositories_order - The order in which to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
data ListRepositoriesResponse Source #
Represents the output of a list repositories operation.
See: newListRepositoriesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListRepositoriesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RepositoryNameIdPair]) Int |
Instances
newListRepositoriesResponse Source #
Create a value of ListRepositoriesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListRepositories', listRepositoriesResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of
the operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations.
When the client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of
1,000 records is retrieved.
$sel:repositories:ListRepositoriesResponse', listRepositoriesResponse_repositories - Lists the repositories called by the list repositories operation.
$sel:httpStatus:ListRepositoriesResponse', listRepositoriesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateRepository
data CreateRepository Source #
Represents the input of a create repository operation.
See: newCreateRepository smart constructor.
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CreateRepository |
Create a value of CreateRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryDescription:CreateRepository', createRepository_repositoryDescription - A comment or description about the new repository.
The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
$sel:tags:CreateRepository', createRepository_tags - One or more tag key-value pairs to use when tagging this repository.
$sel:repositoryName:CreateRepository', createRepository_repositoryName - The name of the new repository to be created.
The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Limits in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix .git is prohibited.
data CreateRepositoryResponse Source #
Represents the output of a create repository operation.
See: newCreateRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateRepositoryResponse' (Maybe RepositoryMetadata) Int |
Instances
newCreateRepositoryResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryMetadata:CreateRepositoryResponse', createRepositoryResponse_repositoryMetadata - Information about the newly created repository.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateRepositoryResponse', createRepositoryResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription' Text Text |
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> Text |
|
| -> UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription |
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription', updateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the template for which you want to update the description.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateDescription:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription', updateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription_approvalRuleTemplateDescription - The updated description of the approval rule template.
data UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse Source #
See: newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse Source #
Arguments
Create a value of UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplate:UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse', updateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse_approvalRuleTemplate - The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
DeleteRepository
data DeleteRepository Source #
Represents the input of a delete repository operation.
See: newDeleteRepository smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteRepository' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteRepository |
Create a value of DeleteRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:DeleteRepository', deleteRepository_repositoryName - The name of the repository to delete.
data DeleteRepositoryResponse Source #
Represents the output of a delete repository operation.
See: newDeleteRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteRepositoryResponse' (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDeleteRepositoryResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryId:DeleteRepositoryResponse', deleteRepositoryResponse_repositoryId - The ID of the repository that was deleted.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteRepositoryResponse', deleteRepositoryResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeleteCommentContent
data DeleteCommentContent Source #
See: newDeleteCommentContent smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteCommentContent' Text |
Instances
newDeleteCommentContent Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteCommentContent |
Create a value of DeleteCommentContent with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commentId:DeleteCommentContent', deleteCommentContent_commentId - The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use
GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
data DeleteCommentContentResponse Source #
See: newDeleteCommentContentResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteCommentContentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int |
Instances
newDeleteCommentContentResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteCommentContentResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:comment:DeleteCommentContentResponse', deleteCommentContentResponse_comment - Information about the comment you just deleted.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteCommentContentResponse', deleteCommentContentResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
BatchGetCommits
data BatchGetCommits Source #
See: newBatchGetCommits smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchGetCommits' [Text] Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> BatchGetCommits |
Create a value of BatchGetCommits with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitIds:BatchGetCommits', batchGetCommits_commitIds - The full commit IDs of the commits to get information about.
You must supply the full SHA IDs of each commit. You cannot use shortened SHA IDs.
$sel:repositoryName:BatchGetCommits', batchGetCommits_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the commits.
data BatchGetCommitsResponse Source #
See: newBatchGetCommitsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchGetCommitsResponse' (Maybe [Commit]) (Maybe [BatchGetCommitsError]) Int |
Instances
newBatchGetCommitsResponse Source #
Create a value of BatchGetCommitsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commits:BatchGetCommitsResponse', batchGetCommitsResponse_commits - An array of commit data type objects, each of which contains information
about a specified commit.
$sel:errors:BatchGetCommitsResponse', batchGetCommitsResponse_errors - Returns any commit IDs for which information could not be found. For
example, if one of the commit IDs was a shortened SHA ID or that commit
was not found in the specified repository, the ID returns an error
object with more information.
$sel:httpStatus:BatchGetCommitsResponse', batchGetCommitsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeMergeConflicts
data DescribeMergeConflicts Source #
See: newDescribeMergeConflicts smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeMergeConflicts' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) (Maybe ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) Text Text Text MergeOptionTypeEnum Text |
Instances
newDescribeMergeConflicts Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeOptionTypeEnum | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DescribeMergeConflicts |
Create a value of DescribeMergeConflicts with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:maxMergeHunks:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_maxMergeHunks - The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.
$sel:nextToken:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:repositoryName:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to get information about a
merge conflict.
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:mergeOption:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_mergeOption - The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
$sel:filePath:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflicts_filePath - The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts.
data DescribeMergeConflictsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeMergeConflictsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeMergeConflictsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int ConflictMetadata [MergeHunk] Text Text |
Instances
newDescribeMergeConflictsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ConflictMetadata | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DescribeMergeConflictsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeMergeConflictsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:DescribeMergeConflicts', describeMergeConflictsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next
batch of the results.
$sel:baseCommitId:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_baseCommitId - The commit ID of the merge base.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:conflictMetadata:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_conflictMetadata - Contains metadata about the conflicts found in the merge.
$sel:mergeHunks:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_mergeHunks - A list of merge hunks of the differences between the files or lines.
$sel:destinationCommitId:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the
merge evaluation.
$sel:sourceCommitId:DescribeMergeConflictsResponse', describeMergeConflictsResponse_sourceCommitId - The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge
evaluation.
CreatePullRequest
data CreatePullRequest Source #
See: newCreatePullRequest smart constructor.
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CreatePullRequest |
Create a value of CreatePullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:description:CreatePullRequest', createPullRequest_description - A description of the pull request.
$sel:clientRequestToken:CreatePullRequest', createPullRequest_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
The AWS SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an AWS SDK, an idempotency token is created for you.
$sel:title:CreatePullRequest', createPullRequest_title - The title of the pull request. This title is used to identify the pull
request to other users in the repository.
$sel:targets:CreatePullRequest', createPullRequest_targets - The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be
reviewed (the source branch) and the destination where the creator of
the pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is
closed (the destination branch).
data CreatePullRequestResponse Source #
See: newCreatePullRequestResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreatePullRequestResponse' Int PullRequest |
Instances
newCreatePullRequestResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PullRequest | |
| -> CreatePullRequestResponse |
Create a value of CreatePullRequestResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:CreatePullRequestResponse', createPullRequestResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequest:CreatePullRequestResponse', createPullRequestResponse_pullRequest - Information about the newly created pull request.
GetFolder
See: newGetFolder smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetFolder' (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
Create a value of GetFolder with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitSpecifier:GetFolder', getFolder_commitSpecifier - A fully qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the
version of the folder's content to return. A fully qualified reference
can be a commit ID, branch name, tag, or reference such as HEAD. If no
specifier is provided, the folder content is returned as it exists in
the HEAD commit.
$sel:repositoryName:GetFolder', getFolder_repositoryName - The name of the repository.
$sel:folderPath:GetFolder', getFolder_folderPath - The fully qualified path to the folder whose contents are returned,
including the folder name. For example, /examples is a fully-qualified
path to a folder named examples that was created off of the root
directory (/) of a repository.
data GetFolderResponse Source #
See: newGetFolderResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetFolderResponse' (Maybe [SymbolicLink]) (Maybe [Folder]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [File]) (Maybe [SubModule]) Int Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetFolderResponse |
Create a value of GetFolderResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:symbolicLinks:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_symbolicLinks - The list of symbolic links to other files and folders in the specified
folder, if any.
$sel:subFolders:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_subFolders - The list of folders that exist under the specified folder, if any.
$sel:treeId:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains the folder.
$sel:files:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_files - The list of files in the specified folder, if any.
$sel:subModules:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_subModules - The list of submodules in the specified folder, if any.
$sel:httpStatus:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:commitId:GetFolderResponse', getFolderResponse_commitId - The full commit ID used as a reference for the returned version of the
folder content.
$sel:folderPath:GetFolder', getFolderResponse_folderPath - The fully qualified path of the folder whose contents are returned.
UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
data UpdatePullRequestApprovalState Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestApprovalState smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestApprovalState' Text Text ApprovalState |
Instances
newUpdatePullRequestApprovalState Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> ApprovalState | |
| -> UpdatePullRequestApprovalState |
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestApprovalState with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:UpdatePullRequestApprovalState', updatePullRequestApprovalState_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:revisionId:UpdatePullRequestApprovalState', updatePullRequestApprovalState_revisionId - The system-generated ID of the revision.
$sel:approvalState:UpdatePullRequestApprovalState', updatePullRequestApprovalState_approvalState - The approval state to associate with the user on the pull request.
data UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source #
See: newUpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse' | |
Instances
| Eq UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
| Read UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
| Show UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
| Generic UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdatePullRequestApprovalState Associated Types type Rep UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| NFData UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdatePullRequestApprovalState Methods rnf :: UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse -> () # | |
| type Rep UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdatePullRequestApprovalState type Rep UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse = D1 ('MetaData "UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.UpdatePullRequestApprovalState" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse'" 'PrefixI 'False) (U1 :: Type -> Type)) | |
newUpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse :: UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse Source #
Create a value of UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
data CreateApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
See: newCreateApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe Text) Text Text |
Instances
newCreateApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text |
|
| -> CreateApprovalRuleTemplate |
Create a value of CreateApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateDescription:CreateApprovalRuleTemplate', createApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateDescription - The description of the approval rule template. Consider providing a
description that explains what this template does and when it might be
appropriate to associate it with repositories.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:CreateApprovalRuleTemplate', createApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template. Provide descriptive names,
because this name is applied to the approval rules created automatically
in associated repositories.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateContent:CreateApprovalRuleTemplate', createApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateContent - The content of the approval rule that is created on pull requests in
associated repositories. If you specify one or more destination
references (branches), approval rules are created in an associated
repository only if their destination references (branches) match those
specified in the template.
When you create the content of the approval rule template, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are counted as approvals coming from that user:
- An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)
- A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
- Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
data CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
See: newCreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ApprovalRuleTemplate |
|
| -> CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse |
Create a value of CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', createApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplate:CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse', createApprovalRuleTemplateResponse_approvalRuleTemplate - The content and structure of the created approval rule template.
DeleteBranch
data DeleteBranch Source #
Represents the input of a delete branch operation.
See: newDeleteBranch smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteBranch' Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeleteBranch |
Create a value of DeleteBranch with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:DeleteBranch', deleteBranch_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the branch to be deleted.
$sel:branchName:DeleteBranch', deleteBranch_branchName - The name of the branch to delete.
data DeleteBranchResponse Source #
Represents the output of a delete branch operation.
See: newDeleteBranchResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteBranchResponse' (Maybe BranchInfo) Int |
Instances
newDeleteBranchResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DeleteBranchResponse |
Create a value of DeleteBranchResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:deletedBranch:DeleteBranchResponse', deleteBranchResponse_deletedBranch - Information about the branch deleted by the operation, including the
branch name and the commit ID that was the tip of the branch.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteBranchResponse', deleteBranchResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateCommit
data CreateCommit Source #
See: newCreateCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateCommit' (Maybe [DeleteFileEntry]) (Maybe [SetFileModeEntry]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [PutFileEntry]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateCommit |
Create a value of CreateCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:deleteFiles:CreateCommit', createCommit_deleteFiles - The files to delete in this commit. These files still exist in earlier
commits.
$sel:setFileModes:CreateCommit', createCommit_setFileModes - The file modes to update for files in this commit.
$sel:parentCommitId:CreateCommit', createCommit_parentCommitId - The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you create. Not
required if this is an empty repository.
$sel:authorName:CreateCommit', createCommit_authorName - The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used
as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:CreateCommit', createCommit_commitMessage - The commit message you want to include in the commit. Commit messages
are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is
used.
$sel:putFiles:CreateCommit', createCommit_putFiles - The files to add or update in this commit.
$sel:email:CreateCommit', createCommit_email - The email address of the person who created the commit.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:CreateCommit', createCommit_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a ..gitkeep
file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
$sel:repositoryName:CreateCommit', createCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you create the commit.
$sel:branchName:CreateCommit', createCommit_branchName - The name of the branch where you create the commit.
data CreateCommitResponse Source #
See: newCreateCommitResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) (Maybe [FileMetadata]) Int |
Instances
newCreateCommitResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateCommitResponse |
Create a value of CreateCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_commitId - The full commit ID of the commit that contains your committed file
changes.
$sel:treeId:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains the commited file changes.
$sel:filesAdded:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_filesAdded - The files added as part of the committed file changes.
$sel:filesDeleted:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_filesDeleted - The files deleted as part of the committed file changes.
$sel:filesUpdated:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_filesUpdated - The files updated as part of the commited file changes.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateCommitResponse', createCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetComment
data GetComment Source #
See: newGetComment smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetComment' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> GetComment |
Create a value of GetComment with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commentId:GetComment', getComment_commentId - The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use
GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
data GetCommentResponse Source #
See: newGetCommentResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetCommentResponse' (Maybe Comment) Int |
Instances
newGetCommentResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetCommentResponse |
Create a value of GetCommentResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:comment:GetCommentResponse', getCommentResponse_comment - The contents of the comment.
$sel:httpStatus:GetCommentResponse', getCommentResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
data EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules Source #
See: newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules smart constructor.
Constructors
| EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules' Text Text |
Instances
newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules |
Create a value of EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestId:EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules', evaluatePullRequestApprovalRules_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request you want to evaluate.
$sel:revisionId:EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules', evaluatePullRequestApprovalRules_revisionId - The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. To retrieve the
most recent revision ID for a pull request, use GetPullRequest.
data EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse Source #
See: newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse' Int Evaluation |
Instances
newEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> Evaluation | |
| -> EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse |
Create a value of EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse', evaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:evaluation:EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse', evaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse_evaluation - The result of the evaluation, including the names of the rules whose
conditions have been met (if any), the names of the rules whose
conditions have not been met (if any), whether the pull request is in
the approved state, and whether the pull request approval rule has been
set aside by an override.
AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
data AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository Source #
See: newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository smart constructor.
Constructors
| AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository' Text Text |
Instances
newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> Text |
|
| -> AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository |
Create a value of AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository', associateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name for the approval rule template.
$sel:repositoryName:AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository', associateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository_repositoryName - The name of the repository that you want to associate with the template.
data AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse Source #
See: newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse :: AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse Source #
Create a value of AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
ListPullRequests (Paginated)
data ListPullRequests Source #
See: newListPullRequests smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListPullRequests' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ListPullRequests |
Create a value of ListPullRequests with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListPullRequests', listPullRequests_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:maxResults:ListPullRequests', listPullRequests_maxResults - A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned
results.
$sel:pullRequestStatus:ListPullRequests', listPullRequests_pullRequestStatus - Optional. The status of the pull request. If used, this refines the
results to the pull requests that match the specified status.
$sel:authorArn:ListPullRequests', listPullRequests_authorArn - Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the
pull request. If used, this filters the results to pull requests created
by that user.
$sel:repositoryName:ListPullRequests', listPullRequests_repositoryName - The name of the repository for which you want to list pull requests.
data ListPullRequestsResponse Source #
See: newListPullRequestsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListPullRequestsResponse' (Maybe Text) Int [Text] |
Instances
newListPullRequestsResponse Source #
Create a value of ListPullRequestsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListPullRequests', listPullRequestsResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
of the operation.
$sel:httpStatus:ListPullRequestsResponse', listPullRequestsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:pullRequestIds:ListPullRequestsResponse', listPullRequestsResponse_pullRequestIds - The system-generated IDs of the pull requests.
BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories Source #
See: newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories' Text [Text] |
Instances
newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories Source #
Arguments
| :: Text |
|
| -> BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories |
Create a value of BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the template that you want to disassociate from one or more
repositories.
$sel:repositoryNames:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories_repositoryNames - The repository names that you want to disassociate from the approval
rule template.
The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.
data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse Source #
See: newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse' Int [Text] [BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError] |
Instances
newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse |
Create a value of BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:disassociatedRepositoryNames:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse_disassociatedRepositoryNames - A list of repository names that have had their association with the
template removed.
$sel:errors:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse_errors - A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to remove
the association between the template and the repositories.
GetBlob
Represents the input of a get blob operation.
See: newGetBlob smart constructor.
Instances
Create a value of GetBlob with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:GetBlob', getBlob_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the blob.
$sel:blobId:GetBlob', getBlob_blobId - The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
data GetBlobResponse Source #
Represents the output of a get blob operation.
See: newGetBlobResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetBlobResponse' Int Base64 |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ByteString | |
| -> GetBlobResponse |
Create a value of GetBlobResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:GetBlobResponse', getBlobResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:content:GetBlobResponse', getBlobResponse_content - The content of the blob, usually a file.--
-- Note: This Lens automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data.
-- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during
-- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation.
-- This Lens accepts and returns only raw unencoded data.
MergePullRequestBySquash
data MergePullRequestBySquash Source #
See: newMergePullRequestBySquash smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newMergePullRequestBySquash Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergePullRequestBySquash |
Create a value of MergePullRequestBySquash with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authorName:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_authorName - The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used
as both the author and committer for the commit.
$sel:commitMessage:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_commitMessage - The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:email:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_email - The email address of the person merging the branches. This information
is used in the commit information for the merge.
$sel:sourceCommitId:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_sourceCommitId - The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the
current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this
commit ID.
$sel:conflictDetailLevel:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_conflictDetailLevel - The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default
FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same
file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a
conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches
has differences on the same line.
$sel:keepEmptyFolders:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_keepEmptyFolders - If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder
structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep
file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
$sel:conflictResolutionStrategy:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_conflictResolutionStrategy - Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to
attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is
NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the
merge operation is successful.
$sel:conflictResolution:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_conflictResolution - If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to
use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
$sel:pullRequestId:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
ListPullRequests.
$sel:repositoryName:MergePullRequestBySquash', mergePullRequestBySquash_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
data MergePullRequestBySquashResponse Source #
See: newMergePullRequestBySquashResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergePullRequestBySquashResponse' (Maybe PullRequest) Int |
Instances
newMergePullRequestBySquashResponse Source #
Create a value of MergePullRequestBySquashResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequest:MergePullRequestBySquashResponse', mergePullRequestBySquashResponse_pullRequest - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:MergePullRequestBySquashResponse', mergePullRequestBySquashResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
PostCommentForComparedCommit
data PostCommentForComparedCommit Source #
See: newPostCommentForComparedCommit smart constructor.
Instances
newPostCommentForComparedCommit Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PostCommentForComparedCommit |
Create a value of PostCommentForComparedCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeCommitId:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_beforeCommitId - To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
the before commit. Required for commenting on any commit unless that
commit is the initial commit.
$sel:clientRequestToken:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
$sel:location:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_location - The location of the comparison where you want to comment.
$sel:repositoryName:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on the
comparison between commits.
$sel:afterCommitId:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_afterCommitId - To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
the after commit.
$sel:content:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommit_content - The content of the comment you want to make.
data PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse Source #
See: newPostCommentForComparedCommitResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Comment) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Location) Int |
Instances
newPostCommentForComparedCommitResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse |
Create a value of PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeBlobId:PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_beforeBlobId - In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the before blob.
$sel:comment:PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_comment - The content of the comment you posted.
$sel:repositoryName:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you posted a comment on the comparison
between commits.
$sel:beforeCommitId:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_beforeCommitId - In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the before
commit.
$sel:afterBlobId:PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_afterBlobId - In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the after blob.
$sel:afterCommitId:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_afterCommitId - In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the after
commit.
$sel:location:PostCommentForComparedCommit', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_location - The location of the comment in the comparison between the two commits.
$sel:httpStatus:PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse', postCommentForComparedCommitResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
MergeBranchesByFastForward
data MergeBranchesByFastForward Source #
See: newMergeBranchesByFastForward smart constructor.
Instances
newMergeBranchesByFastForward Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> MergeBranchesByFastForward |
Create a value of MergeBranchesByFastForward with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:targetBranch:MergeBranchesByFastForward', mergeBranchesByFastForward_targetBranch - The branch where the merge is applied.
$sel:repositoryName:MergeBranchesByFastForward', mergeBranchesByFastForward_repositoryName - The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
$sel:sourceCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesByFastForward', mergeBranchesByFastForward_sourceCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
$sel:destinationCommitSpecifier:MergeBranchesByFastForward', mergeBranchesByFastForward_destinationCommitSpecifier - The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
data MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse Source #
See: newMergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newMergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse |
Create a value of MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse', mergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse_commitId - The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:treeId:MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse', mergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse_treeId - The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
$sel:httpStatus:MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse', mergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetBranch
Represents the input of a get branch operation.
See: newGetBranch smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetBranch' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newGetBranch :: GetBranch Source #
Create a value of GetBranch with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:branchName:GetBranch', getBranch_branchName - The name of the branch for which you want to retrieve information.
$sel:repositoryName:GetBranch', getBranch_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the branch for which you want
to retrieve information.
data GetBranchResponse Source #
Represents the output of a get branch operation.
See: newGetBranchResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetBranchResponse' (Maybe BranchInfo) Int |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetBranchResponse |
Create a value of GetBranchResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:branch:GetBranchResponse', getBranchResponse_branch - The name of the branch.
$sel:httpStatus:GetBranchResponse', getBranchResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ListTagsForResource
data ListTagsForResource Source #
See: newListTagsForResource smart constructor.
Constructors
| ListTagsForResource' (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newListTagsForResource Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ListTagsForResource |
Create a value of ListTagsForResource with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListTagsForResource', listTagsForResource_nextToken - An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next
batch of the results.
$sel:resourceArn:ListTagsForResource', listTagsForResource_resourceArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get
information about tags, if any.
data ListTagsForResourceResponse Source #
See: newListTagsForResourceResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newListTagsForResourceResponse Source #
Create a value of ListTagsForResourceResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nextToken:ListTagsForResource', listTagsForResourceResponse_nextToken - An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
of the operation.
$sel:tags:ListTagsForResourceResponse', listTagsForResourceResponse_tags - A list of tag key and value pairs associated with the specified
resource.
$sel:httpStatus:ListTagsForResourceResponse', listTagsForResourceResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
Types
ApprovalState
newtype ApprovalState Source #
Constructors
| ApprovalState' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ApprovalState_APPROVE :: ApprovalState | |
| pattern ApprovalState_REVOKE :: ApprovalState |
Instances
ChangeTypeEnum
newtype ChangeTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| ChangeTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ChangeTypeEnum_A :: ChangeTypeEnum | |
| pattern ChangeTypeEnum_D :: ChangeTypeEnum | |
| pattern ChangeTypeEnum_M :: ChangeTypeEnum |
Instances
ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum
newtype ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum_FILE_LEVEL :: ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum | |
| pattern ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum_LINE_LEVEL :: ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum |
Instances
ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum
newtype ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum' | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
FileModeTypeEnum
newtype FileModeTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| FileModeTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern FileModeTypeEnum_EXECUTABLE :: FileModeTypeEnum | |
| pattern FileModeTypeEnum_NORMAL :: FileModeTypeEnum | |
| pattern FileModeTypeEnum_SYMLINK :: FileModeTypeEnum |
Instances
MergeOptionTypeEnum
newtype MergeOptionTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| MergeOptionTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
ObjectTypeEnum
newtype ObjectTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| ObjectTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ObjectTypeEnum_DIRECTORY :: ObjectTypeEnum | |
| pattern ObjectTypeEnum_FILE :: ObjectTypeEnum | |
| pattern ObjectTypeEnum_GIT_LINK :: ObjectTypeEnum | |
| pattern ObjectTypeEnum_SYMBOLIC_LINK :: ObjectTypeEnum |
Instances
OrderEnum
Constructors
| OrderEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern OrderEnum_Ascending :: OrderEnum | |
| pattern OrderEnum_Descending :: OrderEnum |
Instances
OverrideStatus
newtype OverrideStatus Source #
Constructors
| OverrideStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern OverrideStatus_OVERRIDE :: OverrideStatus | |
| pattern OverrideStatus_REVOKE :: OverrideStatus |
Instances
PullRequestEventType
newtype PullRequestEventType Source #
Constructors
| PullRequestEventType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
PullRequestStatusEnum
newtype PullRequestStatusEnum Source #
Constructors
| PullRequestStatusEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern PullRequestStatusEnum_CLOSED :: PullRequestStatusEnum | |
| pattern PullRequestStatusEnum_OPEN :: PullRequestStatusEnum |
Instances
RelativeFileVersionEnum
newtype RelativeFileVersionEnum Source #
Constructors
| RelativeFileVersionEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern RelativeFileVersionEnum_AFTER :: RelativeFileVersionEnum | |
| pattern RelativeFileVersionEnum_BEFORE :: RelativeFileVersionEnum |
Instances
ReplacementTypeEnum
newtype ReplacementTypeEnum Source #
Constructors
| ReplacementTypeEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
RepositoryTriggerEventEnum
newtype RepositoryTriggerEventEnum Source #
Constructors
| RepositoryTriggerEventEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
SortByEnum
newtype SortByEnum Source #
Constructors
| SortByEnum' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern SortByEnum_LastModifiedDate :: SortByEnum | |
| pattern SortByEnum_RepositoryName :: SortByEnum |
Instances
Approval
Returns information about a specific approval on a pull request.
See: newApproval smart constructor.
Constructors
| Approval' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ApprovalState) |
Instances
| Eq Approval Source # | |
| Read Approval Source # | |
| Show Approval Source # | |
| Generic Approval Source # | |
| NFData Approval Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Approval | |
| Hashable Approval Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Approval | |
| FromJSON Approval Source # | |
| type Rep Approval Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Approval type Rep Approval = D1 ('MetaData "Approval" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Approval" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Approval'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "userArn") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "approvalState") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe ApprovalState)))) | |
newApproval :: Approval Source #
Create a value of Approval with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:userArn:Approval', approval_userArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user.
$sel:approvalState:Approval', approval_approvalState - The state of the approval, APPROVE or REVOKE. REVOKE states are not
stored.
ApprovalRule
data ApprovalRule Source #
Returns information about an approval rule.
See: newApprovalRule smart constructor.
Constructors
| ApprovalRule' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newApprovalRule :: ApprovalRule Source #
Create a value of ApprovalRule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:lastModifiedDate:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_lastModifiedDate - The date the approval rule was most recently changed, in timestamp
format.
$sel:approvalRuleContent:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_approvalRuleContent - The content of the approval rule.
$sel:creationDate:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_creationDate - The date the approval rule was created, in timestamp format.
$sel:originApprovalRuleTemplate:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_originApprovalRuleTemplate - The approval rule template used to create the rule.
$sel:ruleContentSha256:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_ruleContentSha256 - The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleId:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_approvalRuleId - The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleName:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_approvalRuleName - The name of the approval rule.
$sel:lastModifiedUser:ApprovalRule', approvalRule_lastModifiedUser - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent
changes to the approval rule.
ApprovalRuleEventMetadata
data ApprovalRuleEventMetadata Source #
Returns information about an event for an approval rule.
See: newApprovalRuleEventMetadata smart constructor.
Instances
newApprovalRuleEventMetadata :: ApprovalRuleEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of ApprovalRuleEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleContent:ApprovalRuleEventMetadata', approvalRuleEventMetadata_approvalRuleContent - The content of the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleId:ApprovalRuleEventMetadata', approvalRuleEventMetadata_approvalRuleId - The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleName:ApprovalRuleEventMetadata', approvalRuleEventMetadata_approvalRuleName - The name of the approval rule.
ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata
data ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata Source #
Returns information about an override event for approval rules for a pull request.
See: newApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe OverrideStatus) |
Instances
newApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata :: ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:revisionId:ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata', approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata_revisionId - The revision ID of the pull request when the override event occurred.
$sel:overrideStatus:ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata', approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata_overrideStatus - The status of the override event.
ApprovalRuleTemplate
data ApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Returns information about an approval rule template.
See: newApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Constructors
| ApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newApprovalRuleTemplate :: ApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Create a value of ApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:lastModifiedDate:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_lastModifiedDate - The date the approval rule template was most recently changed, in
timestamp format.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateId:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateId - The system-generated ID of the approval rule template.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the approval rule template.
$sel:creationDate:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_creationDate - The date the approval rule template was created, in timestamp format.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateDescription:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateDescription - The description of the approval rule template.
$sel:ruleContentSha256:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_ruleContentSha256 - The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule
template.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateContent:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateContent - The content of the approval rule template.
$sel:lastModifiedUser:ApprovalRuleTemplate', approvalRuleTemplate_lastModifiedUser - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent
changes to the approval rule template.
ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata
data ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata Source #
Returns information about a change in the approval state for a pull request.
See: newApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ApprovalState) |
Instances
newApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata :: ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:revisionId:ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata', approvalStateChangedEventMetadata_revisionId - The revision ID of the pull request when the approval state changed.
$sel:approvalStatus:ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata', approvalStateChangedEventMetadata_approvalStatus - The approval status for the pull request.
BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError
data BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError Source #
Returns information about errors in a BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories operation.
See: newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError :: BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError Source #
Create a value of BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the association was not made.
$sel:errorMessage:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError_errorMessage - An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
not found or not valid.
$sel:errorCode:BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError', batchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError_errorCode - An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid
or not found.
BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError
data BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError Source #
Returns information about errors in a BatchDescribeMergeConflicts operation.
See: newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsError smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError' Text Text Text |
Instances
newBatchDescribeMergeConflictsError Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError |
Create a value of BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:filePath:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError', batchDescribeMergeConflictsError_filePath - The path to the file.
$sel:exceptionName:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError', batchDescribeMergeConflictsError_exceptionName - The name of the exception.
$sel:message:BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError', batchDescribeMergeConflictsError_message - The message provided by the exception.
BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError
data BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError Source #
Returns information about errors in a BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories operation.
See: newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError :: BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError Source #
Create a value of BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the association with the template was
not able to be removed.
$sel:errorMessage:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError_errorMessage - An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
either not found or not valid.
$sel:errorCode:BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError', batchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError_errorCode - An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid
or not found.
BatchGetCommitsError
data BatchGetCommitsError Source #
Returns information about errors in a BatchGetCommits operation.
See: newBatchGetCommitsError smart constructor.
Instances
newBatchGetCommitsError :: BatchGetCommitsError Source #
Create a value of BatchGetCommitsError with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:BatchGetCommitsError', batchGetCommitsError_commitId - A commit ID that either could not be found or was not in a valid format.
$sel:errorMessage:BatchGetCommitsError', batchGetCommitsError_errorMessage - An error message that provides detail about why the commit ID either was
not found or was not valid.
$sel:errorCode:BatchGetCommitsError', batchGetCommitsError_errorCode - An error code that specifies whether the commit ID was not valid or not
found.
BlobMetadata
data BlobMetadata Source #
Returns information about a specific Git blob object.
See: newBlobMetadata smart constructor.
Instances
newBlobMetadata :: BlobMetadata Source #
Create a value of BlobMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:mode:BlobMetadata', blobMetadata_mode - The file mode permissions of the blob. File mode permission codes
include:
100644indicates read/write100755indicates read/write/execute160000indicates a submodule120000indicates a symlink
$sel:blobId:BlobMetadata', blobMetadata_blobId - The full ID of the blob.
$sel:path:BlobMetadata', blobMetadata_path - The path to the blob and associated file name, if any.
BranchInfo
data BranchInfo Source #
Returns information about a branch.
See: newBranchInfo smart constructor.
Constructors
| BranchInfo' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newBranchInfo :: BranchInfo Source #
Create a value of BranchInfo with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:BranchInfo', branchInfo_commitId - The ID of the last commit made to the branch.
$sel:branchName:BranchInfo', branchInfo_branchName - The name of the branch.
Comment
Returns information about a specific comment.
See: newComment smart constructor.
Constructors
| Comment' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe (HashMap Text Int)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) |
Instances
newComment :: Comment Source #
Create a value of Comment with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:callerReactions:Comment', comment_callerReactions - The emoji reactions to a comment, if any, submitted by the user whose
credentials are associated with the call to the API.
$sel:lastModifiedDate:Comment', comment_lastModifiedDate - The date and time the comment was most recently modified, in timestamp
format.
$sel:creationDate:Comment', comment_creationDate - The date and time the comment was created, in timestamp format.
$sel:content:Comment', comment_content - The content of the comment.
$sel:reactionCounts:Comment', comment_reactionCounts - A string to integer map that represents the number of individual users
who have responded to a comment with the specified reactions.
$sel:inReplyTo:Comment', comment_inReplyTo - The ID of the comment for which this comment is a reply, if any.
$sel:commentId:Comment', comment_commentId - The system-generated comment ID.
$sel:clientRequestToken:Comment', comment_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
$sel:authorArn:Comment', comment_authorArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the person who posted the comment.
$sel:deleted:Comment', comment_deleted - A Boolean value indicating whether the comment has been deleted.
CommentsForComparedCommit
data CommentsForComparedCommit Source #
Returns information about comments on the comparison between two commits.
See: newCommentsForComparedCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
| CommentsForComparedCommit' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Comment]) (Maybe Location) |
Instances
newCommentsForComparedCommit :: CommentsForComparedCommit Source #
Create a value of CommentsForComparedCommit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeBlobId:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_beforeBlobId - The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the before of the
comparison.
$sel:repositoryName:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the compared commits.
$sel:beforeCommitId:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the before of the
comparison.
$sel:afterBlobId:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_afterBlobId - The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the after of the
comparison.
$sel:afterCommitId:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the after of the
comparison.
$sel:comments:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_comments - An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information
about a comment on the comparison between commits.
$sel:location:CommentsForComparedCommit', commentsForComparedCommit_location - Location information about the comment on the comparison, including the
file name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the
comment was made is BEFORE or AFTER.
CommentsForPullRequest
data CommentsForPullRequest Source #
Returns information about comments on a pull request.
See: newCommentsForPullRequest smart constructor.
Constructors
| CommentsForPullRequest' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Comment]) (Maybe Location) |
Instances
newCommentsForPullRequest :: CommentsForPullRequest Source #
Create a value of CommentsForPullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:beforeBlobId:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_beforeBlobId - The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the
destination commit.
$sel:repositoryName:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
$sel:beforeCommitId:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the destination
branch when the pull request was created. This commit is superceded by
the after commit in the source branch when and if you merge the source
branch into the destination branch.
$sel:afterBlobId:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_afterBlobId - The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the source
commit.
$sel:pullRequestId:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:afterCommitId:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the source branch
at the time the comment was made.
$sel:comments:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_comments - An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information
about a comment on the pull request.
$sel:location:CommentsForPullRequest', commentsForPullRequest_location - Location information about the comment on the pull request, including
the file name, line number, and whether the version of the file where
the comment was made is BEFORE (destination branch) or AFTER (source
branch).
Commit
Returns information about a specific commit.
See: newCommit smart constructor.
Constructors
| Commit' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UserInfo) (Maybe UserInfo) |
Instances
Create a value of Commit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parents:Commit', commit_parents - A list of parent commits for the specified commit. Each parent commit ID
is the full commit ID.
$sel:commitId:Commit', commit_commitId - The full SHA ID of the specified commit.
$sel:additionalData:Commit', commit_additionalData - Any other data associated with the specified commit.
$sel:message:Commit', commit_message - The commit message associated with the specified commit.
$sel:treeId:Commit', commit_treeId - Tree information for the specified commit.
$sel:author:Commit', commit_author - Information about the author of the specified commit. Information
includes the date in timestamp format with GMT offset, the name of the
author, and the email address for the author, as configured in Git.
$sel:committer:Commit', commit_committer - Information about the person who committed the specified commit, also
known as the committer. Information includes the date in timestamp
format with GMT offset, the name of the committer, and the email address
for the committer, as configured in Git.
For more information about the difference between an author and a committer in Git, see Viewing the Commit History in Pro Git by Scott Chacon and Ben Straub.
Conflict
Information about conflicts in a merge operation.
See: newConflict smart constructor.
Constructors
| Conflict' (Maybe ConflictMetadata) (Maybe [MergeHunk]) |
Instances
| Eq Conflict Source # | |
| Read Conflict Source # | |
| Show Conflict Source # | |
| Generic Conflict Source # | |
| NFData Conflict Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Conflict | |
| Hashable Conflict Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Conflict | |
| FromJSON Conflict Source # | |
| type Rep Conflict Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Conflict type Rep Conflict = D1 ('MetaData "Conflict" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Conflict" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Conflict'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "conflictMetadata") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe ConflictMetadata)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "mergeHunks") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe [MergeHunk])))) | |
newConflict :: Conflict Source #
Create a value of Conflict with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:conflictMetadata:Conflict', conflict_conflictMetadata - Metadata about a conflict in a merge operation.
$sel:mergeHunks:Conflict', conflict_mergeHunks - A list of hunks that contain the differences between files or lines
causing the conflict.
ConflictMetadata
data ConflictMetadata Source #
Information about the metadata for a conflict in a merge operation.
See: newConflictMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| ConflictMetadata' (Maybe MergeOperations) (Maybe Text) (Maybe IsBinaryFile) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe FileModes) (Maybe ObjectTypes) (Maybe FileSizes) |
Instances
newConflictMetadata :: ConflictMetadata Source #
Create a value of ConflictMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:mergeOperations:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_mergeOperations - Whether an add, modify, or delete operation caused the conflict between
the source and destination of the merge.
$sel:filePath:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_filePath - The path of the file that contains conflicts.
$sel:isBinaryFile:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_isBinaryFile - A boolean value (true or false) indicating whether the file is binary or
textual in the source, destination, and base of the merge.
$sel:objectTypeConflict:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_objectTypeConflict - A boolean value (true or false) indicating whether there are conflicts
between the branches in the object type of a file, folder, or submodule.
$sel:fileModeConflict:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_fileModeConflict - A boolean value indicating whether there are conflicts in the file mode
of a file.
$sel:numberOfConflicts:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_numberOfConflicts - The number of conflicts, including both hunk conflicts and metadata
conflicts.
$sel:contentConflict:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_contentConflict - A boolean value indicating whether there are conflicts in the content of
a file.
$sel:fileModes:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_fileModes - The file modes of the file in the source, destination, and base of the
merge.
$sel:objectTypes:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_objectTypes - Information about any object type conflicts in a merge operation.
$sel:fileSizes:ConflictMetadata', conflictMetadata_fileSizes - The file sizes of the file in the source, destination, and base of the
merge.
ConflictResolution
data ConflictResolution Source #
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.
See: newConflictResolution smart constructor.
Constructors
| ConflictResolution' (Maybe [DeleteFileEntry]) (Maybe [SetFileModeEntry]) (Maybe [ReplaceContentEntry]) |
Instances
newConflictResolution :: ConflictResolution Source #
Create a value of ConflictResolution with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:deleteFiles:ConflictResolution', conflictResolution_deleteFiles - Files to be deleted as part of the merge conflict resolution.
$sel:setFileModes:ConflictResolution', conflictResolution_setFileModes - File modes that are set as part of the merge conflict resolution.
$sel:replaceContents:ConflictResolution', conflictResolution_replaceContents - Files to have content replaced as part of the merge conflict resolution.
DeleteFileEntry
data DeleteFileEntry Source #
A file that is deleted as part of a commit.
See: newDeleteFileEntry smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteFileEntry' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteFileEntry |
Create a value of DeleteFileEntry with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:filePath:DeleteFileEntry', deleteFileEntry_filePath - The full path of the file to be deleted, including the name of the file.
Difference
data Difference Source #
Returns information about a set of differences for a commit specifier.
See: newDifference smart constructor.
Constructors
| Difference' (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum) (Maybe BlobMetadata) (Maybe BlobMetadata) |
Instances
newDifference :: Difference Source #
Create a value of Difference with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:changeType:Difference', difference_changeType - Whether the change type of the difference is an addition (A), deletion
(D), or modification (M).
$sel:afterBlob:Difference', difference_afterBlob - Information about an afterBlob data type object, including the ID, the
file mode permission code, and the path.
$sel:beforeBlob:Difference', difference_beforeBlob - Information about a beforeBlob data type object, including the ID, the
file mode permission code, and the path.
Evaluation
data Evaluation Source #
Returns information about the approval rules applied to a pull request and whether conditions have been met.
See: newEvaluation smart constructor.
Instances
newEvaluation :: Evaluation Source #
Create a value of Evaluation with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:overridden:Evaluation', evaluation_overridden - Whether the approval rule requirements for the pull request have been
overridden and no longer need to be met.
$sel:approvalRulesSatisfied:Evaluation', evaluation_approvalRulesSatisfied - The names of the approval rules that have had their conditions met.
$sel:approved:Evaluation', evaluation_approved - Whether the state of the pull request is approved.
$sel:approvalRulesNotSatisfied:Evaluation', evaluation_approvalRulesNotSatisfied - The names of the approval rules that have not had their conditions met.
File
Returns information about a file in a repository.
See: newFile smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq File Source # | |
| Read File Source # | |
| Show File Source # | |
| Generic File Source # | |
| NFData File Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.File | |
| Hashable File Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.File | |
| FromJSON File Source # | |
| type Rep File Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.File type Rep File = D1 ('MetaData "File" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.File" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "File'" 'PrefixI 'True) ((S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "absolutePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "relativePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "blobId") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "fileMode") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum))))) | |
Create a value of File with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:absolutePath:File', file_absolutePath - The fully qualified path to the file in the repository.
$sel:relativePath:File', file_relativePath - The relative path of the file from the folder where the query
originated.
$sel:blobId:File', file_blobId - The blob ID that contains the file information.
$sel:fileMode:File', file_fileMode - The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values
include EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
FileMetadata
data FileMetadata Source #
A file to be added, updated, or deleted as part of a commit.
See: newFileMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| FileMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) |
Instances
newFileMetadata :: FileMetadata Source #
Create a value of FileMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:absolutePath:FileMetadata', fileMetadata_absolutePath - The full path to the file to be added or updated, including the name of
the file.
$sel:blobId:FileMetadata', fileMetadata_blobId - The blob ID that contains the file information.
$sel:fileMode:FileMetadata', fileMetadata_fileMode - The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values
include EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
FileModes
Information about file modes in a merge or pull request.
See: newFileModes smart constructor.
Constructors
| FileModes' (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) |
Instances
| Eq FileModes Source # | |
| Read FileModes Source # | |
| Show FileModes Source # | |
| Generic FileModes Source # | |
| NFData FileModes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileModes | |
| Hashable FileModes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileModes | |
| FromJSON FileModes Source # | |
| type Rep FileModes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileModes type Rep FileModes = D1 ('MetaData "FileModes" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileModes" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "FileModes'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "source") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "destination") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "base") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum))))) | |
newFileModes :: FileModes Source #
Create a value of FileModes with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:FileModes', fileModes_source - The file mode of a file in the source of a merge or pull request.
$sel:destination:FileModes', fileModes_destination - The file mode of a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
$sel:base:FileModes', fileModes_base - The file mode of a file in the base of a merge or pull request.
FileSizes
Information about the size of files in a merge or pull request.
See: newFileSizes smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq FileSizes Source # | |
| Read FileSizes Source # | |
| Show FileSizes Source # | |
| Generic FileSizes Source # | |
| NFData FileSizes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileSizes | |
| Hashable FileSizes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileSizes | |
| FromJSON FileSizes Source # | |
| type Rep FileSizes Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileSizes type Rep FileSizes = D1 ('MetaData "FileSizes" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.FileSizes" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "FileSizes'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "source") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Integer)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "destination") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Integer)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "base") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Integer))))) | |
newFileSizes :: FileSizes Source #
Create a value of FileSizes with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:FileSizes', fileSizes_source - The size of a file in the source of a merge or pull request.
$sel:destination:FileSizes', fileSizes_destination - The size of a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
$sel:base:FileSizes', fileSizes_base - The size of a file in the base of a merge or pull request.
Folder
Returns information about a folder in a repository.
See: newFolder smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq Folder Source # | |
| Read Folder Source # | |
| Show Folder Source # | |
| Generic Folder Source # | |
| NFData Folder Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Folder | |
| Hashable Folder Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Folder | |
| FromJSON Folder Source # | |
| type Rep Folder Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Folder type Rep Folder = D1 ('MetaData "Folder" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Folder" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Folder'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "treeId") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "absolutePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "relativePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))))) | |
Create a value of Folder with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:treeId:Folder', folder_treeId - The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that
contains the folder.
$sel:absolutePath:Folder', folder_absolutePath - The fully qualified path of the folder in the repository.
$sel:relativePath:Folder', folder_relativePath - The relative path of the specified folder from the folder where the
query originated.
IsBinaryFile
data IsBinaryFile Source #
Information about whether a file is binary or textual in a merge or pull request operation.
See: newIsBinaryFile smart constructor.
Instances
newIsBinaryFile :: IsBinaryFile Source #
Create a value of IsBinaryFile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:IsBinaryFile', isBinaryFile_source - The binary or non-binary status of file in the source of a merge or pull
request.
$sel:destination:IsBinaryFile', isBinaryFile_destination - The binary or non-binary status of a file in the destination of a merge
or pull request.
$sel:base:IsBinaryFile', isBinaryFile_base - The binary or non-binary status of a file in the base of a merge or pull
request.
Location
Returns information about the location of a change or comment in the comparison between two commits or a pull request.
See: newLocation smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq Location Source # | |
| Read Location Source # | |
| Show Location Source # | |
| Generic Location Source # | |
| NFData Location Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Location | |
| Hashable Location Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Location | |
| ToJSON Location Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Location | |
| FromJSON Location Source # | |
| type Rep Location Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Location type Rep Location = D1 ('MetaData "Location" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Location" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Location'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "filePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "filePosition") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Integer)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "relativeFileVersion") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe RelativeFileVersionEnum))))) | |
newLocation :: Location Source #
Create a value of Location with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:filePath:Location', location_filePath - The name of the file being compared, including its extension and
subdirectory, if any.
$sel:filePosition:Location', location_filePosition - The position of a change in a compared file, in line number format.
$sel:relativeFileVersion:Location', location_relativeFileVersion - In a comparison of commits or a pull request, whether the change is in
the before or after of that comparison.
MergeHunk
Information about merge hunks in a merge or pull request operation.
See: newMergeHunk smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergeHunk' (Maybe MergeHunkDetail) (Maybe MergeHunkDetail) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe MergeHunkDetail) |
Instances
newMergeHunk :: MergeHunk Source #
Create a value of MergeHunk with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:MergeHunk', mergeHunk_source - Information about the merge hunk in the source of a merge or pull
request.
$sel:destination:MergeHunk', mergeHunk_destination - Information about the merge hunk in the destination of a merge or pull
request.
$sel:isConflict:MergeHunk', mergeHunk_isConflict - A Boolean value indicating whether a combination of hunks contains a
conflict. Conflicts occur when the same file or the same lines in a file
were modified in both the source and destination of a merge or pull
request. Valid values include true, false, and null. True when the hunk
represents a conflict and one or more files contains a line conflict.
File mode conflicts in a merge do not set this to true.
$sel:base:MergeHunk', mergeHunk_base - Information about the merge hunk in the base of a merge or pull request.
MergeHunkDetail
data MergeHunkDetail Source #
Information about the details of a merge hunk that contains a conflict in a merge or pull request operation.
See: newMergeHunkDetail smart constructor.
Instances
newMergeHunkDetail :: MergeHunkDetail Source #
Create a value of MergeHunkDetail with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hunkContent:MergeHunkDetail', mergeHunkDetail_hunkContent - The base-64 encoded content of the hunk merged region that might contain
a conflict.
$sel:startLine:MergeHunkDetail', mergeHunkDetail_startLine - The start position of the hunk in the merge result.
$sel:endLine:MergeHunkDetail', mergeHunkDetail_endLine - The end position of the hunk in the merge result.
MergeMetadata
data MergeMetadata Source #
Returns information about a merge or potential merge between a source reference and a destination reference in a pull request.
See: newMergeMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergeMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe MergeOptionTypeEnum) |
Instances
newMergeMetadata :: MergeMetadata Source #
Create a value of MergeMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:mergedBy:MergeMetadata', mergeMetadata_mergedBy - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who merged the branches.
$sel:mergeCommitId:MergeMetadata', mergeMetadata_mergeCommitId - The commit ID for the merge commit, if any.
$sel:isMerged:MergeMetadata', mergeMetadata_isMerged - A Boolean value indicating whether the merge has been made.
$sel:mergeOption:MergeMetadata', mergeMetadata_mergeOption - The merge strategy used in the merge.
MergeOperations
data MergeOperations Source #
Information about the file operation conflicts in a merge operation.
See: newMergeOperations smart constructor.
Constructors
| MergeOperations' (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum) (Maybe ChangeTypeEnum) |
Instances
newMergeOperations :: MergeOperations Source #
Create a value of MergeOperations with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:MergeOperations', mergeOperations_source - The operation (add, modify, or delete) on a file in the source of a
merge or pull request.
$sel:destination:MergeOperations', mergeOperations_destination - The operation on a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
ObjectTypes
data ObjectTypes Source #
Information about the type of an object in a merge operation.
See: newObjectTypes smart constructor.
Constructors
| ObjectTypes' (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum) (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum) (Maybe ObjectTypeEnum) |
Instances
newObjectTypes :: ObjectTypes Source #
Create a value of ObjectTypes with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:source:ObjectTypes', objectTypes_source - The type of the object in the source branch.
$sel:destination:ObjectTypes', objectTypes_destination - The type of the object in the destination branch.
$sel:base:ObjectTypes', objectTypes_base - The type of the object in the base commit of the merge.
OriginApprovalRuleTemplate
data OriginApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Returns information about the template that created the approval rule for a pull request.
See: newOriginApprovalRuleTemplate smart constructor.
Constructors
| OriginApprovalRuleTemplate' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newOriginApprovalRuleTemplate :: OriginApprovalRuleTemplate Source #
Create a value of OriginApprovalRuleTemplate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateId:OriginApprovalRuleTemplate', originApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateId - The ID of the template that created the approval rule.
$sel:approvalRuleTemplateName:OriginApprovalRuleTemplate', originApprovalRuleTemplate_approvalRuleTemplateName - The name of the template that created the approval rule.
PullRequest
data PullRequest Source #
Returns information about a pull request.
See: newPullRequest smart constructor.
Constructors
| PullRequest' (Maybe [PullRequestTarget]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ApprovalRule]) |
Instances
newPullRequest :: PullRequest Source #
Create a value of PullRequest with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestTargets:PullRequest', pullRequest_pullRequestTargets - The targets of the pull request, including the source branch and
destination branch for the pull request.
$sel:revisionId:PullRequest', pullRequest_revisionId - The system-generated revision ID for the pull request.
$sel:title:PullRequest', pullRequest_title - The user-defined title of the pull request. This title is displayed in
the list of pull requests to other repository users.
$sel:pullRequestStatus:PullRequest', pullRequest_pullRequestStatus - The status of the pull request. Pull request status can only change from
OPEN to CLOSED.
$sel:creationDate:PullRequest', pullRequest_creationDate - The date and time the pull request was originally created, in timestamp
format.
$sel:pullRequestId:PullRequest', pullRequest_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:description:PullRequest', pullRequest_description - The user-defined description of the pull request. This description can
be used to clarify what should be reviewed and other details of the
request.
$sel:lastActivityDate:PullRequest', pullRequest_lastActivityDate - The day and time of the last user or system activity on the pull
request, in timestamp format.
$sel:clientRequestToken:PullRequest', pullRequest_clientRequestToken - A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a
request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed
parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token
is included, the request returns information about the initial request
that used that token.
$sel:authorArn:PullRequest', pullRequest_authorArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request.
$sel:approvalRules:PullRequest', pullRequest_approvalRules - The approval rules applied to the pull request.
PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata
data PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata Source #
Metadata about the pull request that is used when comparing the pull request source with its destination.
See: newPullRequestCreatedEventMetadata smart constructor.
Instances
newPullRequestCreatedEventMetadata :: PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata', pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
$sel:sourceCommitId:PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata', pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata_sourceCommitId - The commit ID on the source branch used when the pull request was
created.
$sel:destinationCommitId:PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata', pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata_destinationCommitId - The commit ID of the tip of the branch specified as the destination
branch when the pull request was created.
$sel:mergeBase:PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata', pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata_mergeBase - The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the
destination branch have in common.
PullRequestEvent
data PullRequestEvent Source #
Returns information about a pull request event.
See: newPullRequestEvent smart constructor.
Constructors
Instances
newPullRequestEvent :: PullRequestEvent Source #
Create a value of PullRequestEvent with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata - Information about the change in mergability state for the pull request
event.
$sel:pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata - Information about the updated source branch for the pull request event.
$sel:approvalStateChangedEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_approvalStateChangedEventMetadata - Information about an approval state change for a pull request.
$sel:eventDate:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_eventDate - The day and time of the pull request event, in timestamp format.
$sel:pullRequestEventType:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestEventType - The type of the pull request event (for example, a status change event
(PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED) or update event
(PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED)).
$sel:pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata - Information about the source and destination branches for the pull
request.
$sel:pullRequestId:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestId - The system-generated ID of the pull request.
$sel:actorArn:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_actorArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or
changing the status of a pull request.
$sel:approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata - Information about an approval rule override event for a pull request.
$sel:pullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_pullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata - Information about the change in status for the pull request event.
$sel:approvalRuleEventMetadata:PullRequestEvent', pullRequestEvent_approvalRuleEventMetadata - Information about a pull request event.
PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata
data PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata Source #
Returns information about the change in the merge state for a pull request event.
See: newPullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe MergeMetadata) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata :: PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:destinationReference:PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata', pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata_destinationReference - The name of the branch that the pull request is merged into.
$sel:mergeMetadata:PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata', pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata_mergeMetadata - Information about the merge state change event.
$sel:repositoryName:PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata', pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata
data PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata Source #
Information about an update to the source branch of a pull request.
See: newPullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata :: PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata', pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata_repositoryName - The name of the repository where the pull request was updated.
$sel:beforeCommitId:PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata', pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata_beforeCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the
tip of the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
$sel:afterCommitId:PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata', pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata_afterCommitId - The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip
of the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
$sel:mergeBase:PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata', pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata_mergeBase - The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the
destination branch have in common.
PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata
data PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata Source #
Information about a change to the status of a pull request.
See: newPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata' (Maybe PullRequestStatusEnum) |
Instances
newPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata :: PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata Source #
Create a value of PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pullRequestStatus:PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata', pullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata_pullRequestStatus - The changed status of the pull request.
PullRequestTarget
data PullRequestTarget Source #
Returns information about a pull request target.
See: newPullRequestTarget smart constructor.
Constructors
| PullRequestTarget' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe MergeMetadata) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPullRequestTarget :: PullRequestTarget Source #
Create a value of PullRequestTarget with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:destinationReference:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_destinationReference - The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged.
Also known as the destination branch.
$sel:sourceCommit:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_sourceCommit - The full commit ID of the tip of the source branch used to create the
pull request. If the pull request branch is updated by a push while the
pull request is open, the commit ID changes to reflect the new tip of
the branch.
$sel:mergeMetadata:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_mergeMetadata - Returns metadata about the state of the merge, including whether the
merge has been made.
$sel:repositoryName:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the pull request source and
destination branches.
$sel:sourceReference:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_sourceReference - The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull
request. Also known as the source branch.
$sel:mergeBase:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_mergeBase - The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the
destination branch have in common.
$sel:destinationCommit:PullRequestTarget', pullRequestTarget_destinationCommit - The full commit ID that is the tip of the destination branch. This is
the commit where the pull request was or will be merged.
PutFileEntry
data PutFileEntry Source #
Information about a file added or updated as part of a commit.
See: newPutFileEntry smart constructor.
Constructors
| PutFileEntry' (Maybe Base64) (Maybe SourceFileSpecifier) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> PutFileEntry |
Create a value of PutFileEntry with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:fileContent:PutFileEntry', putFileEntry_fileContent - The content of the file, if a source file is not specified.--
-- Note: This Lens automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data.
-- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during
-- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation.
-- This Lens accepts and returns only raw unencoded data.
$sel:sourceFile:PutFileEntry', putFileEntry_sourceFile - The name and full path of the file that contains the changes you want to
make as part of the commit, if you are not providing the file content
directly.
$sel:fileMode:PutFileEntry', putFileEntry_fileMode - The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values
include EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
$sel:filePath:PutFileEntry', putFileEntry_filePath - The full path to the file in the repository, including the name of the
file.
ReactionForComment
data ReactionForComment Source #
Information about the reaction values provided by users on a comment.
See: newReactionForComment smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReactionForComment' (Maybe ReactionValueFormats) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Int) |
Instances
newReactionForComment :: ReactionForComment Source #
Create a value of ReactionForComment with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:reaction:ReactionForComment', reactionForComment_reaction - The reaction for a specified comment.
$sel:reactionUsers:ReactionForComment', reactionForComment_reactionUsers - The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of users who have provided reactions to
the comment.
$sel:reactionsFromDeletedUsersCount:ReactionForComment', reactionForComment_reactionsFromDeletedUsersCount - A numerical count of users who reacted with the specified emoji whose
identities have been subsequently deleted from IAM. While these IAM
users or roles no longer exist, the reactions might still appear in
total reaction counts.
ReactionValueFormats
data ReactionValueFormats Source #
Information about the values for reactions to a comment. AWS CodeCommit supports a limited set of reactions.
See: newReactionValueFormats smart constructor.
Instances
newReactionValueFormats :: ReactionValueFormats Source #
Create a value of ReactionValueFormats with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:shortCode:ReactionValueFormats', reactionValueFormats_shortCode - The emoji short code for the reaction. Short codes are interpreted
slightly differently on different operating systems.
$sel:unicode:ReactionValueFormats', reactionValueFormats_unicode - The Unicode codepoint for the reaction.
$sel:emoji:ReactionValueFormats', reactionValueFormats_emoji - The Emoji Version 1.0 graphic of the reaction. These graphics are
interpreted slightly differently on different operating systems.
ReplaceContentEntry
data ReplaceContentEntry Source #
Information about a replacement content entry in the conflict of a merge or pull request operation.
See: newReplaceContentEntry smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReplaceContentEntry' (Maybe Base64) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) Text ReplacementTypeEnum |
Instances
newReplaceContentEntry Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ReplacementTypeEnum | |
| -> ReplaceContentEntry |
Create a value of ReplaceContentEntry with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:content:ReplaceContentEntry', replaceContentEntry_content - The base-64 encoded content to use when the replacement type is
USE_NEW_CONTENT.--
-- Note: This Lens automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data.
-- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during
-- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation.
-- This Lens accepts and returns only raw unencoded data.
$sel:fileMode:ReplaceContentEntry', replaceContentEntry_fileMode - The file mode to apply during conflict resoltion.
$sel:filePath:ReplaceContentEntry', replaceContentEntry_filePath - The path of the conflicting file.
$sel:replacementType:ReplaceContentEntry', replaceContentEntry_replacementType - The replacement type to use when determining how to resolve the
conflict.
RepositoryMetadata
data RepositoryMetadata Source #
Information about a repository.
See: newRepositoryMetadata smart constructor.
Constructors
| RepositoryMetadata' (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe POSIX) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newRepositoryMetadata :: RepositoryMetadata Source #
Create a value of RepositoryMetadata with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:lastModifiedDate:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_lastModifiedDate - The date and time the repository was last modified, in timestamp format.
$sel:defaultBranch:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_defaultBranch - The repository's default branch name.
$sel:accountId:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_accountId - The ID of the AWS account associated with the repository.
$sel:cloneUrlHttp:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_cloneUrlHttp - The URL to use for cloning the repository over HTTPS.
$sel:cloneUrlSsh:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_cloneUrlSsh - The URL to use for cloning the repository over SSH.
$sel:arn:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the repository.
$sel:creationDate:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_creationDate - The date and time the repository was created, in timestamp format.
$sel:repositoryName:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_repositoryName - The repository's name.
$sel:repositoryId:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_repositoryId - The ID of the repository.
$sel:repositoryDescription:RepositoryMetadata', repositoryMetadata_repositoryDescription - A comment or description about the repository.
RepositoryNameIdPair
data RepositoryNameIdPair Source #
Information about a repository name and ID.
See: newRepositoryNameIdPair smart constructor.
Constructors
| RepositoryNameIdPair' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newRepositoryNameIdPair :: RepositoryNameIdPair Source #
Create a value of RepositoryNameIdPair with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:repositoryName:RepositoryNameIdPair', repositoryNameIdPair_repositoryName - The name associated with the repository.
$sel:repositoryId:RepositoryNameIdPair', repositoryNameIdPair_repositoryId - The ID associated with the repository.
RepositoryTrigger
data RepositoryTrigger Source #
Information about a trigger for a repository.
See: newRepositoryTrigger smart constructor.
Constructors
| RepositoryTrigger' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text [RepositoryTriggerEventEnum] |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> RepositoryTrigger |
Create a value of RepositoryTrigger with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:customData:RepositoryTrigger', repositoryTrigger_customData - Any custom data associated with the trigger to be included in the
information sent to the target of the trigger.
$sel:branches:RepositoryTrigger', repositoryTrigger_branches - The branches to be included in the trigger configuration. If you specify
an empty array, the trigger applies to all branches.
Although no content is required in the array, you must include the array itself.
$sel:name:RepositoryTrigger', repositoryTrigger_name - The name of the trigger.
$sel:destinationArn:RepositoryTrigger', repositoryTrigger_destinationArn - The ARN of the resource that is the target for a trigger (for example,
the ARN of a topic in Amazon SNS).
$sel:events:RepositoryTrigger', repositoryTrigger_events - The repository events that cause the trigger to run actions in another
service, such as sending a notification through Amazon SNS.
The valid value "all" cannot be used with any other values.
RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure
data RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure Source #
A trigger failed to run.
See: newRepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure smart constructor.
Constructors
| RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newRepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure :: RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure Source #
Create a value of RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:failureMessage:RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure', repositoryTriggerExecutionFailure_failureMessage - Message information about the trigger that did not run.
$sel:trigger:RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure', repositoryTriggerExecutionFailure_trigger - The name of the trigger that did not run.
SetFileModeEntry
data SetFileModeEntry Source #
Information about the file mode changes.
See: newSetFileModeEntry smart constructor.
Constructors
| SetFileModeEntry' Text FileModeTypeEnum |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> FileModeTypeEnum | |
| -> SetFileModeEntry |
Create a value of SetFileModeEntry with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:filePath:SetFileModeEntry', setFileModeEntry_filePath - The full path to the file, including the name of the file.
$sel:fileMode:SetFileModeEntry', setFileModeEntry_fileMode - The file mode for the file.
SourceFileSpecifier
data SourceFileSpecifier Source #
Information about a source file that is part of changes made in a commit.
See: newSourceFileSpecifier smart constructor.
Constructors
| SourceFileSpecifier' (Maybe Bool) Text |
Instances
newSourceFileSpecifier Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> SourceFileSpecifier |
Create a value of SourceFileSpecifier with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:isMove:SourceFileSpecifier', sourceFileSpecifier_isMove - Whether to remove the source file from the parent commit.
$sel:filePath:SourceFileSpecifier', sourceFileSpecifier_filePath - The full path to the file, including the name of the file.
SubModule
Returns information about a submodule reference in a repository folder.
See: newSubModule smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq SubModule Source # | |
| Read SubModule Source # | |
| Show SubModule Source # | |
| Generic SubModule Source # | |
| NFData SubModule Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.SubModule | |
| Hashable SubModule Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.SubModule | |
| FromJSON SubModule Source # | |
| type Rep SubModule Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.SubModule type Rep SubModule = D1 ('MetaData "SubModule" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.SubModule" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "SubModule'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "commitId") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "absolutePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "relativePath") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))))) | |
newSubModule :: SubModule Source #
Create a value of SubModule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:commitId:SubModule', subModule_commitId - The commit ID that contains the reference to the submodule.
$sel:absolutePath:SubModule', subModule_absolutePath - The fully qualified path to the folder that contains the reference to
the submodule.
$sel:relativePath:SubModule', subModule_relativePath - The relative path of the submodule from the folder where the query
originated.
SymbolicLink
data SymbolicLink Source #
Returns information about a symbolic link in a repository folder.
See: newSymbolicLink smart constructor.
Constructors
| SymbolicLink' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe FileModeTypeEnum) |
Instances
newSymbolicLink :: SymbolicLink Source #
Create a value of SymbolicLink with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:absolutePath:SymbolicLink', symbolicLink_absolutePath - The fully qualified path to the folder that contains the symbolic link.
$sel:relativePath:SymbolicLink', symbolicLink_relativePath - The relative path of the symbolic link from the folder where the query
originated.
$sel:blobId:SymbolicLink', symbolicLink_blobId - The blob ID that contains the information about the symbolic link.
$sel:fileMode:SymbolicLink', symbolicLink_fileMode - The file mode permissions of the blob that cotains information about the
symbolic link.
Target
Returns information about a target for a pull request.
See: newTarget smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq Target Source # | |
| Read Target Source # | |
| Show Target Source # | |
| Generic Target Source # | |
| NFData Target Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Target | |
| Hashable Target Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Target | |
| ToJSON Target Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Target | |
| type Rep Target Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Target type Rep Target = D1 ('MetaData "Target" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.Target" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Target'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "destinationReference") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "repositoryName") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 Text) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "sourceReference") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 Text)))) | |
Create a value of Target with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:destinationReference:Target', target_destinationReference - The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged.
Also known as the destination branch.
$sel:repositoryName:Target', target_repositoryName - The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
$sel:sourceReference:Target', target_sourceReference - The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull
request. Also known as the source branch.
UserInfo
Information about the user who made a specified commit.
See: newUserInfo smart constructor.
Instances
| Eq UserInfo Source # | |
| Read UserInfo Source # | |
| Show UserInfo Source # | |
| Generic UserInfo Source # | |
| NFData UserInfo Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.UserInfo | |
| Hashable UserInfo Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.UserInfo | |
| FromJSON UserInfo Source # | |
| type Rep UserInfo Source # | |
Defined in Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.UserInfo type Rep UserInfo = D1 ('MetaData "UserInfo" "Network.AWS.CodeCommit.Types.UserInfo" "amazonka-codecommitZSamazonka-codecommit" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "UserInfo'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "name") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "date") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "email") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))))) | |
newUserInfo :: UserInfo Source #
Create a value of UserInfo with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:name:UserInfo', userInfo_name - The name of the user who made the specified commit.
$sel:date:UserInfo', userInfo_date - The date when the specified commit was commited, in timestamp format
with GMT offset.
$sel:email:UserInfo', userInfo_email - The email address associated with the user who made the commit, if any.